Dell 2150Cn Cdn Color Laser Printer Users Manual User's Guide

2150cn2150cdn to the manual cf2e44cd-ff8c-4c26-a211-f255f38ec0f5

2014-11-13

: Dell Dell-2150Cn-Cdn-Color-Laser-Printer-Users-Manual-113559 dell-2150cn-cdn-color-laser-printer-users-manual-113559 dell pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 495 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer
User's Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-
SFP-UGTOC.fm
Contents 1
Contents
Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer 1
User's Guide 1
Before Beginning 17
A Notes, Notices, and Cautions . . . . . . . . 19
1 Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer User's
Guide 21
2 Finding Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3 Product Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
4 About the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Front and Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Space Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Securing the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Ordering Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Setting up the Printer (Printer Setup) 35
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-
SFP-UGTOC.fm
2Contents
5 Preparing Printer Hardware . . . . . . . . . 37
Removing Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Removing the Print Head Device (PHD) Ribbons . . . . . 38
Installing the Toner Cartridges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
6 Installing Optional Accessories . . . . . . 41
Installing the Optional Memory Module . . . . . . . 41
Printing Printer Settings Report . . . . . . . . . 44
Updating Your Driver to Detect Memory Module 45
Installing the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Printing Printer Settings Report . . . . . . . . . 49
Updating Your Driver to Detect 250-Sheet Feeder 50
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter . . . . . . . 51
Verifying the Contents of the Box . . . . . . . . 52
Installing the Wireless Adapter Using Video Instructions
(Recommended) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter . . . . . 53
Printing Printer Settings Report . . . . . . . . . 54
Determining the Wireless Network Settings . . . 55
Configuring the Optional Wireless Adapter . . . . . . 56
Using Wizard Setup to Configure a Wireless Adapter 57
Using Advanced Setup to Configure a Wireless Adapter 59
Constructing a New Wireless Network Environment for Your
Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
7 Connecting Your Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Connecting Printer to Computer or Network . . . . . 80
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-
SFP-UGTOC.fm
Contents 3
Direct Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Network Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Turning on the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
8 Setting the IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Assigning an IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
When Using the Easy Setup Navigator . . . . . 83
When Using the Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . 84
When Using the Tool Box . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Verifying the IP Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Verifying the Settings Using Printer Settings Report 86
Verifying the Settings Using Ping Command . . 87
9 Loading Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
10 Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows
Computers 93
Identifying Printer Driver Pre-install Status . . . . . . 93
When Using the Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . 93
When Using the Tool Box . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Disabling Firewall Before Installing Printer Software 94
Inserting the Drivers and Utility CD . . . . . . . . . 94
Direct Connection Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Network Connection Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Network Printer Setup on a Local Network . . . 98
Network Printer Setup on a Remote Network . . 104
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-
SFP-UGTOC.fm
4Contents
Setting Up for Shared Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Point and Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Peer-to-Peer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
11 Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh
Computers 121
Installing the Drivers and Software . . . . . . . . . . 121
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.5 or 10.6 . . . 121
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.4.11 . . . . . 123
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.3.9 . . . . . . 124
Configuring Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
12 Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers
(CUPS) 127
Operation on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5 Client 127
Setup Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Installing the Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Setting Up the Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Setting the Default Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Specifying the Printing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Uninstalling the Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10 . . 130
Setup Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Installing the Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Setting Up the Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Setting the Default Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Specifying the Printing Options . . . . . . . . . 132
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator
133
Uninstalling the Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . 133
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-
SFP-UGTOC.fm
Contents 5
Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11 . . 134
Setup Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Installing the Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Setting Up the Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Setting the Default Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Specifying the Printing Options . . . . . . . . . 136
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator
137
Uninstalling the Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . 137
Using Your Printer 139
13 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool . 141
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
When Using the Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . 142
When Using the Tool Box . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool . . . . . . 143
Printer Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Printer Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Print Server Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Copy Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Print Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Printer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Tray Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
E-Mail Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Set Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Order Supplies at: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Contact Dell Support at: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool . 145
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-
SFP-UGTOC.fm
6Contents
Setting Up From Web Browser . . . . . . . . . 145
Setting Up From Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
Page Display Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Top Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Left Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Right Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Changing the Settings of the Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Details of the Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
Printer Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Printer Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Print Server Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Copy Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
Print Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
Tray Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
14 Print Media Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Paper Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Recommended Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Unacceptable Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Selecting Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Selecting Pre-Printed Media and Letterheads . . 212
Selecting Pre-Punched Paper . . . . . . . . . . 212
Printing on a Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper)
213
Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Storing Print Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-
SFP-UGTOC.fm
Contents 7
Identifying Print Media and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 218
Supported Paper Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Supported Paper Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Paper Type Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
15 Loading Print Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Print Media Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional
250-Sheet Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and Optional
250-Sheet Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Loading Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper) 226
Loading Print Media in the SSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Loading an Envelope in the SSF . . . . . . . . . 229
Using the SSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Linking Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
16 Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Using the Operator Panel Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Printing a Panel Settings Page . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
When Using the Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . 234
When Using the Tool Box . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Printing 237
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-
SFP-UGTOC.fm
8Contents
17 Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Tips for Successful Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Tips on Storing Print Media . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Avoiding Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Sending a Job to Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Canceling a Print Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel . . . . 240
Canceling a Job From a Computer Running Windows 241
Duplex Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Duplex Printing With Duplexer (Dell 2150cdn Color Printer
Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Duplex Printing Without Duplexer (Dell 2150cn Color Printer
Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Using Booklet Print (Dell 2150cn and 2150cdn Models) 244
Using the Stored Print Function . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Secure Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Private MailBox Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Public MailBox Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Proof Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Storing Print Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Printing the Stored Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Specifying Your Password on the Operator Panel (Secure
Print/Private MailBox Print) . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Deleting Stored Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Printing a Report Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Printing Printer Settings Report . . . . . . . . . 248
Printing Font Sample List . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Printing Printer Settings Report . . . . . . . . . 250
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-
SFP-UGTOC.fm
Contents 9
Using the Operator Panel to Change the Printer Settings 251
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to Change the
Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Resetting Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Adjusting the Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Know Your Printer 257
18 Understanding the Tool Box Menus . . 259
Printer Settings Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Printer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Menu Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
TCP/IP Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Printer Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Date & Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Paper Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Color Registration Adjustment . . . . . . . . . 270
Adjust Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Reset Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Non-Dell Toner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Initialize Print Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Tray Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
TCP/IP Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Network Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Chart Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Machine Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Paper Wrinkle Check Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279
Environment Sensor Info . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Clean Developer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-
SFP-UGTOC.fm
10 Contents
Refresh Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Resetting Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
When Using the Tool Box . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
19 Understanding the Printer Menus . . . . 283
Report / List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Printer Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Panel Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
PCL Fonts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
PCL Macro List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Job History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Error History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Print Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Color Test Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Stored Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Admin Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Print Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284
Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293
USB Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310
Secure Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
Tray Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Panel Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Print Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Secure Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Private Mail Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Public Mail Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Proof Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-
SFP-UGTOC.fm
Contents 11
Panel Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Enabling the Panel Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Disabling the Panel Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Resetting Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
When Using the Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . 327
20 Understanding Your Printer Software . 329
Printer Settings Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Status Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Tool Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Updater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Status Monitor Widget for Macintosh . . . . . . . . . 332
Status Monitor Widget Feature . . . . . . . . . 332
Before Installing the Status Monitor Widget . . . 332
Installing the Status Monitor Widget . . . . . . . 333
Opening and Closing the Status Monitor Widget 333
Printer Status Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Order Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Status Monitor Console for Linux . . . . . . . . . . 338
Status Monitor Console Feature . . . . . . . . . 338
Before Installing the Status Monitor Console . . 338
Installing the Status Monitor Console . . . . . . 339
Starting the Status Monitor Console . . . . . . . 339
Printer Selection Window . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Printer Status Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Dell Supplies Management System Window . . 342
Service Tag Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Settings Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-
SFP-UGTOC.fm
12 Contents
21 Understanding Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Typefaces and Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Weight and Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Pitch and Point Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Bitmapped and Scalable Fonts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Resident Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Symbol Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Symbol Sets for PCL 5/PCL 6 . . . . . . . . . . 352
22 Understanding Printer Messages . . . . . 355
23 Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)
361
Adding Roles of Printer Services . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Printer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Installing a Printer Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard 362
24 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Operating System Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Page Description Language (PDL)/Emulation, Operating System, and
Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-
SFP-UGTOC.fm
Contents 13
MIB Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Print Quality Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Maintaining Your Printer 369
25 Maintaining Your Printer . . . . . . . . . . 371
Determining the Status of Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Conserving Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Ordering Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Storing Print Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Storing Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Replacing the Toner Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Removing the Toner Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . 374
Installing a Toner Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD) Unit. . . . . . . . 377
Removing the PHD Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Installing a PHD Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Replacing the Retard Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Removing the Retard Roller in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray
385
Installing a Retard Roller in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray 386
Cleaning Inside the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-
SFP-UGTOC.fm
14 Contents
Cleaning the Feed Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Cleaning the CTD Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Adjusting Color Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Printing the Color Registration Chart . . . . . . 396
Determining Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
Entering Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399
26 Removing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Removing the Optional Memory Module . . . . . . . 403
Removing the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder. . . . . . . . . . . 406
Removing the Optional Wireless Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . 408
27 Clearing Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Avoiding Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Clearing Paper Jams From the SSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Clearing Paper Jams From the Standard 250-Sheet Tray 416
Clearing Paper Jams From the Fuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Clearing Paper Jams From the Duplexer . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder 425
Troubleshooting 429
28 Troubleshooting Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Basic Printer Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-
SFP-UGTOC.fm
Contents 15
Display Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Printing Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Print Quality Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
The output is too light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Toner smears or print comes off . . . . . . . . . 438
Random spots/Blurred images . . . . . . . . . . 439
The entire output is blank . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Streaks appear on the output . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Part or the entire output is black . . . . . . . . . 443
Pitched color dots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Vertical blanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Ghosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Light-induced fatigue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Jagged characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Banding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Auger mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Wrinkled/Stained paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Damage on the leading edge of paper . . . . . . 455
Jam/Alignment Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
The top and side margins are incorrect . . . . . . 456
Color registration is out of alignment . . . . . . 456
Images are skewed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Standard 250-Sheet Tray Misfeed Jam . . . . . . 458
SSF Misfeed Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Misfeed Jam . . . . . 462
Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM) . . . . . . . . . 463
Exit Jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM) . . . . . . . . . 463
Standard 250-Sheet Tray/Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Multi-feed
Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
SSF Multi-feed Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-
SFP-UGTOC.fm
16 Contents
Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Problems With Installed Optional Accessories . . . . 467
Other Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Contacting Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Appendix 475
B Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Dell™ Technical Support Policy . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Online Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Warranty and Return Policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Recycling Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Contacting Dell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
17
Before Beginning
18
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\sectionnote.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Notes, Notices, and Cautions 19
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\sectionnote.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Notes, Notices, and Cautions
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use
of your printer.
NOTICE: A NOTICE indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of
data and tells you how to avoid the problem.
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates a potential for property damage, personal
injury, or death.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
© 2010 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.
Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell
Inc. is strictly forbidden.
Trademarks used in this text: Dell, the DELL logo are trademarks of Dell Inc.; Microsoft, Windows,
Windows Server, Windows Vista, and Active Directory are either trademarks or registered trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries; Adobe and Photoshop are
either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States
and/or other countries; Wi-Fi is a registered trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance; Red Hat and Red Hat
Enterprise Linux are registered trademarks of Red Hat. Inc. in the U.S. and other countries; SUSE is
a registered trademark of Novell, Inc., in the United States and other countries.
XML Paper Specification (XPS): This product may incorporate intellectual property owned by
Microsoft Corporation. The terms and conditions upon which Microsoft is licensing such intellectual
property may be found at http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=52369; DES: This product
includes software developed by Eric Young (eay@mincom.oz.au); AES: Copyright (c) 2003, Dr
Brian Gladman, Worcester, UK. All rights reserved. This product uses published AES software
provided by Dr Brian Gladman under BSD licensing terms; TIFF (libtiff): Copyright (c) 1988-1997
Sam Leffler and Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.; ICC Profile (Little cms): Copyright
(c) 1998-2004 Marti Maria.
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities
claiming the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in
trademarks and trade names other than its own.
Our printer software uses some of the codes defined by the Independent JPEG Group.
20 Notes, Notices, and Cautions
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\sectionnote.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
As for RSA BSAFE
RSA BSAFE software, produced by RSA Security Inc., has been installed on this
printer.
____________________
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS
This software and documentation are provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS. Use, duplication or
disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the
Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 and in applicable
FAR provisions: Dell Inc., One Dell Way, Round Rock, Texas, 78682, USA.
September 2010 Rev. A01
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer User's Guide 21
1
Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer
User's Guide
Click the links to the left for information on the features, options, and operation
of your printer. For information on other documentation included with your
printer, see "Finding Information."
To order replacement toner cartridges or supplies from Dell:
NOTE: For Macintosh, start the Status Monitor Widget, and then select Order
Supplies button to open Order window.
1
Double-click the icon on your desktop.
If you cannot find the icon on your desktop, follow the procedure below.
a
Click
DLRMM.EXE
under
x:\abc\Dell
Printers\Additional Color Laser
Software\Reorder
, where
x:\abc
is the location where the
printer software is installed.
b
Click
File
on the toolbar, and click
Create Shortcut
on the drop-down
menu.
c
Right-click the shortcut icon.
d
Choose
Send To
from the drop-down menu, and then click
Desktop
(create shortcut)
on the submenu.
The
Dell Supplies Management System
window appears.
You can also launch the Dell Supplies Management System by clicking
Start

All Programs

Dell Printers

Additional Color Laser Software

Dell Supplies Management System
.
2
Click the
Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site
link
(
www.dell.com/supplies
), or order Dell printer supplies by phone.
22 Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer User's Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section01.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
To ensure that you get the best service, have your Dell printer Service Tag
ready.
For information regarding locating your Service Tag number, see
"
Express
Service Code and Service Tag.
"
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Finding Information 23
2
Finding Information
NOTE: The following are the optional accessories that you can buy separately.
• Additional memory (512 MB)
• 250-sheet feeder
• Wireless adapter
• USB cable
• Ethernet cable
What are you looking for? Find it here
• Drivers for my printer
•My
User's Guide
Drivers and Utilities CD
The Drivers and Utilities CD contains setup video,
documentation, and drivers for your printer. You can
use the CD to install drivers or access your setup video
and documentation.
Readme files may be included on your CD to provide
last-minute updates about technical changes to your
printer or advanced technical reference material for
experienced users or technicians.
24 Finding Information
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section02.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
• How to use my printer
Quick Reference Guide
• Safety information
• Warranty information
Product Information Guide
CAUTION: Read and follow all safety instructions in
your Product Information Guide prior to setting up and
operating your printer.
What are you looking for? Find it here
Finding Information 25
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section02.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
• How to set up my printer
Setup diagram
• Express Service Code and
Service Tag
The Express Service Code and Service Tag are located
inside the toner access cover of your printer.
• Latest drivers for my printer
• Documentation for my
printer
Go to support.dell.com.
What are you looking for? Find it here
26 Finding Information
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section02.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
• Answers to technical service
and support questions
support.dell.com provides several online tools,
including:
• Solutions — Troubleshooting hints and tips, articles
from technicians, and online courses
• Upgrades — Upgrade information for components,
such as the printer drivers
• Customer Care — Contact information, order status,
warranty, and repair information
• Downloads — Drivers
• Manuals— Printer documentation and product
specifications
Go to support.dell.com. Select your region, and fill in
the requested details to access help tools and
information.
What are you looking for? Find it here
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Product Features 27
3
Product Features
This chapter describes the product features and indicates their links.
Duplex Printing (Duplex Print)
You can print two or more pages on
both sides of a sheet of paper. For
models with the duplexer (2150cdn
Color Printer), automatic duplex
printing is available. Manual duplex
printing is available for models
without the duplexer (2150cn Color
Printer).
Using the Stored Print Function
(Stored Print)
The Stored Print feature allows you to
temporarily store your print data in the
printer memory and output it later.
You can effectively manage your time
when you print confidential data or
large-volume data at off-peak hours.
28 Product Features
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section03.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Multiple Up in the Layout tab (N-up
Print)
The Multiple Up feature enables you
to print documents as reduced-size
documents containing 2, 4, 8, 16, or
32 pages on a single sheet of paper by
setting from the printer driver. This
feature helps save paper.
Installing the Optional Wireless
Adapter (Wireless Print)
With wireless LAN in the printer, you
can install the printer wherever you
like, and print without connecting the
printer to your computer directly.
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
About the Printer 29
4
About the Printer
This chapter provides an overview of your Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color
Printer.
NOTE: In this manual, Dell 2150cn Color Printer is referred to as the "printer".
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell 2150cn Color Printer.
Front and Rear View
Front View
1 Operator Panel 6 Duplexer (2150cdn only)
2 Side Button 7 Optional 250-Sheet Feeder
3 Toner Access Cover (toner
cartridges inside)
8 Standard 250-Sheet Tray
4 Fuser 9 Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)
30 About the Printer
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section04.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
NOTICE: To avoid irregular screen image or malfunctioning of your printer,
avoid placing the printer in direct sunlight with the single sheet feeder opened.
Rear View
Space Requirements
Provide enough room to open the printer trays, covers, and optional accessories,
and for proper ventilation.
5 Belt Unit 10 Front Cover
NOTE: You can open the front cover by
pushing the side button (2).
1 Power Switch 6 Wireless Adapter Socket
2 Power Connector 7 Memory Slot
3 Tray Rear Cover 8 Control Board
4 Ethernet Port 9 Control Board Cover
5 USB Port
About the Printer 31
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section04.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Operator Panel
For more information on the operator panel, see "Using the Operator Panel
Buttons."
Securing the Printer
To protect your printer from theft, you can use the optional Kensington lock.
Attach the Kensington lock to the security slot on your printer.
32 About the Printer
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section04.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
For details, see the operating instructions supplied with the Kensington lock.
Ordering Supplies
You can order consumables from Dell online when using a networked printer.
Enter the IP address of your printer in your web browser, launch the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool, and click the web address under Order Supplies at: to
order toner or supplies for your printer.
You can also order replacement toner cartridges or supplies from Dell:
NOTE: For Macintosh, start the Status Monitor Widget, and then select Order
Supplies button to open Order window.
1
Double-click the icon on your desktop.
If you cannot find the icon on your desktop:
a
Click
DLRMM.EXE
under
x:\abc\Dell
Printers\Additional Color Laser
Software\Reorder
, where
x:\abc
is the location where the
printer software is installed.
b
Click
File
on the toolbar, and then
Create Shortcut
on the drop-down
menu.
c
Right-click on the shortcut icon.
About the Printer 33
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section04.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
d
Choose
Send To
from the drop-down menu, and then click
Desktop
(create shortcut)
on the submenu.
The
Dell Supplies Management System
window appears.
You can also launch the Dell Supplies Management System by clicking
Start

All Programs

Dell Printers

Additional Color Laser Software

Dell Supplies Management System
.
2
Click the
Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site
link
(
www.dell.com/supplies
), or order Dell printer supplies by phone.
To ensure that you get the best service, have your Dell printer’s Service Tag
ready.
For information regarding locating your Service Tag, see
"
Express Service
Code and Service Tag.
"
34 About the Printer
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section04.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
35
Setting up the Printer
(Printer Setup)
36
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section05.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Preparing Printer Hardware 37
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section05.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
5
Preparing Printer Hardware
Removing Tape
1
Remove tapes and packaging material from the printer.
2
Pull the protective sheet out of the printer.
CAUTION: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow
the safety instructions in your Product Information Guide.
38 Preparing Printer Hardware
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section05.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Removing the Print Head Device (PHD) Ribbons
1
Open the toner access cover.
2
Completely pull out the eight yellow ribbons.
Installing the Toner Cartridges
1
Press and slide the blue latches of the four toner cartridges to the locked
position.
Preparing Printer Hardware 39
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section05.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
2
Close the toner access cover.
40 Preparing Printer Hardware
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section05.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Installing Optional Accessories 41
6
Installing Optional Accessories
You can make the printer more functional by installing the optional accessories.
This chapter describes how to install the printer's options such as the memory
module and optional 250-sheet feeder.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
Installing the Optional Memory Module
NOTE: Your printer supports additional 512 MB memory module.
1
Ensure that the printer is turned off.
2
Turn the screw on the control board cover counterclockwise and open the
cover.
3
Remove the control board cover.
NOTE: Remove the control board cover by pulling it upward until the lower
hinge is out of the slit, and then pull the cover towards you and remove it.
42 Installing Optional Accessories
4
Align the connector of the memory module with the slot, and insert the
memory module into the slot.
5
Push the memory module firmly into the slot.
Installing Optional Accessories 43
NOTE: Ensure that the memory module is firmly fixed in the slot and does
not move easily.
6
Install the control board cover.
NOTE: Insert the upper hinge of the control board cover into the upper slit
on the printer. Next, insert the lower hinge of the control board cover into the
lower slit of the printer.
7
Close the control board cover and turn the screw clockwise.
44 Installing Optional Accessories
8
Turn on the printer.
9
Print the printer settings report to confirm that the newly installed memory is
detected by the printer.
Printing Printer Settings Report
When Using the Operator Panel
a
Press the
(Menu)
button.
b
Ensure that
Report/List
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
c
Ensure that
Printer Setting
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The printer settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
a
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell 2150 Color
Printer
Tool Box
.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The
Tool Box
opens.
b
Ensure that the
Printer Settings Report
tab is open.
c
Select
Reports
from the list at the left side of the page.
Installing Optional Accessories 45
The
Reports
page appears.
d
Click the
Printer Settings
button.
The printer settings report is printed.
10
Confirm the amount of
Memory Capacity
listed in the printer settings report
under
General
.
If the memory capacity has not increased, turn off the printer, unplug the
power cable, and re-install the memory module.
11
If you installed the optional memory module after installing the printer
driver, update your driver by following the instructions for the operating
system you are using. If the printer is on a network, update the driver for each
client.
Updating Your Driver to Detect Memory Module
Microsoft® Windows®
7/Windows 7 x64/
Windows Server®
2008 R2 x64
1
Click
Start

Devices and Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2150cn Color Printer
and select
Printer properties
.
3
Click the
Options
tab, and then select
Get Information from
Printer
.
4
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
5
Close the
Devices and Printers
dialog box.
Windows Vista®/
Vista x64
1
Click
Start

Control Panel

Hardware and Sound

Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2150cn Color Printer
and select
Properties
.
3
Click the
Options
tab, and then select
Get Information from
Printer
.
4
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
5
Close the
Printers
dialog box.
46 Installing Optional Accessories
If the printer information is not updated automatically after clicking Get
Information from Printer, follow these steps:
1
Click the
Options
tab, and then select
Memory Capacity
in the
Items
list
box.
2
Select the total amount of the installed printer memory for the memory
capacity setting.
3
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
4
Close the
Printers and Faxes
(,
Printers
, or
Devices and Printers
) dialog
box.
Installing the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder
CAUTION: If you install the optional 250-sheet feeder after setting up the printer,
be sure to turn off the printer, unplug the power cable, and disconnect all cables
from the back of the printer before starting this task.
1
Ensure that the printer is turned off, and then disconnect all cables from the
back of the printer.
2
Remove all packaging from the optional 250-sheet feeder.
3
Place the optional 250-sheet feeder in the location that the printer is located.
Windows Server 2008/
Server 2008 x64
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2150cn Color Printer
and select
Properties
.
3
Click the
Options
tab, and then select
Get Information from
Printer
.
4
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
5
Close the
Printers
dialog box.
Windows XP/XP x64/
Windows Server 2003/
Windows Server 2003
x64
1
Click
start

Printers and Faxes
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2150cn Color Printer
and select
Properties
.
3
Click the
Options
tab, and then select
Get Information from
Printer
.
4
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
5
Close the
Printers and Faxes
dialog box.
Installing Optional Accessories 47
4
Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
5
Lift the printer and align the five guide pins of the optional 250-sheet feeder
with the holes at the bottom of the printer. Gently lower the printer onto the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
CAUTION: Two people are required to lift the printer. The printer should be
lifted holding the front and back. Never lift the printer from its sides.
48 Installing Optional Accessories
CAUTION: Be careful not to pinch your fingers when lowering the printer onto
the optional 250-sheet feeder.
6
Secure the optional 250-sheet feeder to the printer by tightening the two
screws provided with the feeder, with a coin or similar object.
NOTE: The screw hole is located in 216 mm recess from the front of the
printer.
7
Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
8
Re-connect all cables into the back of the printer, and turn on the printer.
NOTE: The printer will automatically detect the attached tray but will not
detect the paper type.
9
Print the printer settings report to confirm the optional 250-sheet feeder is
installed correctly.
Installing Optional Accessories 49
Printing Printer Settings Report
When Using the Operator Panel
a
Press the
(Menu)
button.
b
Ensure that
Report/List
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
c
Ensure that
Printer Setting
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The printer settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
a
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell 2150 Color
Printer
Tool Box
.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The
Tool Box
opens.
b
Ensure that the
Printer Settings Report
tab is open.
c
Select
Reports
from the list at the left side of the page.
The
Reports
page appears.
d
Click the
Printer Settings
button.
The printer settings report is printed.
10
Confirm
Tray 2 (250 Sheet Feeder)
is listed in the printer settings report
under
Printer Options
.
If the feeder is not listed, turn off the printer, unplug the power cable, and re-
install the optional 250-sheet feeder.
11
After loading paper in the optional 250-sheet feeder, specify the paper type
from the printer operator panel.
a
Press the
(Menu)
button.
b
Press button until
Tray Settings
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
50 Installing Optional Accessories
c
Press button until
Tray 2
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
d
Press button until
Paper Type
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
e
Press button until the paper type for the optional 250-sheet feeder
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
f
Confirm that the selected paper type is displayed, and then press the
(Menu)
button.
12
If you installed the optional 250-sheet feeder after installing the printer
driver, update your driver by following the instructions for each operating
system. If the printer is on a network, update the driver for each client.
Updating Your Driver to Detect 250-Sheet Feeder
Microsoft Windows 7/
Windows 7 x64/
Windows Server 2008
R2 x64
1
Click
Start
Devices and Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2150cn Color Printer
and select
Printer properties
.
3
Click the
Options
tab, and then select
Get Information from
Printer
.
4
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
5
Close the
Devices and Printers
dialog box.
Windows Vista/Vista
x64
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2150cn Color Printer
and select
Properties
.
3
Click the
Options
tab, and then select
Get Information from
Printer
.
4
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
5
Close the
Printers
dialog box.
Windows Server 2008/
Server 2008 x64
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2150cn Color Printer
and select
Properties
.
3
Click the
Options
tab, and then select
Get Information from
Printer
.
4
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
5
Close the
Printers
dialog box.
Installing Optional Accessories 51
If the printer information is not updated automatically after clicking Get
Information from Printer, follow these steps:
1
Click the
Options
tab, and then select
250 Sheet Feeder
on the
Items
list
box.
2
Select
Available
for the optional 250-sheet feeder setting.
3
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
4
Close the
Printers and Faxes
(,
Printers
, or
Devices and Printers
) dialog
box.
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter
The wireless adapter allows you to use the printer with wireless network
connection.
The specifications of the wireless adapter are described below.
Windows XP/XP x64/
Windows Server 2003/
Windows Server 2003
x64
1
Click
start
Printers and Faxes
.
2
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2150cn Color Printer
and select
Properties
.
3
Click the
Options
tab, and then select
Get Information from
Printer
.
4
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
5
Close the
Printers and Faxes
dialog box.
Item Specification
Connectivity Technology Wireless
Compliant Standards 802.11b, 802.11g, and 802.11n
Bandwidth 2.4 GHz
Data Transfer Rate 802.11n: 65 Mbps
802.11g: 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, and 6 Mbps
802.11b: 11, 5.5, 2, and 1 Mbps
Security 64 (40-bit key)/128 (104-bit key) WEP,
WPA- PSK (TKIP, AES), WPA2-PSK (AES)
(IEEE 802.1x attestation function of WPA 1x
non-corresponds)
52 Installing Optional Accessories
NOTE: When the wireless adapter is installed, you cannot use IEEE 802.1x
authentication and/or the Ethernet port for a wired connection.
Verifying the Contents of the Box
NOTE: To complete wireless installation, you require the corresponding Drivers
and Utilities CD that comes with your printer, which can also be downloaded from
support.dell.com.
Installing the Wireless Adapter Using Video Instructions
(Recommended)
To install the Dell wireless adapter, perform the following method.
1
Insert the
Drivers and Utilities CD
in your computer. The
Easy Setup
Navigator
file launches automatically.
2
Select
Optional Accessories Setup
on the
Easy Setup Navigator
window.
Wi-Fi® Protected Setup
(WPS)
Push-Button Configuration (PBC),
Personal Identification Number (PIN)
Item Specification
Installing Optional Accessories 53
3
Click
Wireless adapter
.
The instruction video starts.
Follow the on-screen instructions to configure wireless settings.
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter
NOTE: You can also install the Dell wireless adapter by following the instructions
described in Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter provided with the wireless
adapter.
1
Ensure that the printer is turned off.
54 Installing Optional Accessories
2
Align the connector and the three protrusions of the wireless adapter with the
four holes and insert the adapter.
NOTE: Ensure that the adapter is fully inserted and secured.
3
Turn on the printer.
4
Print the printer settings report to confirm that the wireless adapter is
installed correctly.
Printing Printer Settings Report
When Using the Operator panel
a
Press the
(Menu)
button.
b
Ensure that
Report/List is
displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
c
Ensure that
Printer Settings
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The printer settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
a
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell 2150 Color
Printer
Tool Box
.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
Installing Optional Accessories 55
The
Tool Box
opens.
b
Ensure that the
Printer Settings Report
tab is open.
c
Select
Reports
from the list at the left side of the page.
The
Reports
page appears.
d
Click the
Printer Settings
button.
The printer settings report is printed.
5
Confirm that the
Network (Wireless)
section exists.
NOTE: For more information on configuring the wireless adapter, see
"Configuring the Optional Wireless Adapter."
Determining the Wireless Network Settings
You need to know the settings for the wireless network to set up the wireless
printer. For details of the settings, contact your network administrator.
56 Installing Optional Accessories
Configuring the Optional Wireless Adapter
This section describes how to configure a wireless adapter through Easy Setup
Navigator.
You can select a method to configure a wireless adapter from the following:
Wireless
Settings
SSID Specifies the name that identifies the wireless
network with up to 32 alphanumeric characters.
Network Type Specifies the network type from Ad-hoc or
Infrastructure.
Security
Settings
Security Selects the security method from No security, WEP,
WPA-PSK TKIP, and WPA2-PSK-AES/WPA-PSK-
AES.
Transmit Key Specifies the transmit key from the list.
WEP Key Specifies the WEP key set used through the
wireless network only when WEP is selected for
Security.
Pass Phrase Specifies the pass phrase of alphanumeric
characters from 8 to 63 bytes long only when WPA-
PSK is selected for Encryption.
Wizard Setup through USB connection
Installing Optional Accessories 57
NOTE: The optional wireless adapter must be installed on the printer.
NOTE: For information on how to install a wireless adapter, see "Installing the
Optional Wireless Adapter."
Using Wizard Setup to Configure a Wireless Adapter
1
Insert the
Drivers and Utilities
CD provided with the printer in your
computer. The
Easy Setup Navigator
file launches automatically.
2
Click
Guided Setup
.
Advanced Setup through
Network (Ethernet) connection
WPS-PIN*1
WPS-PBC*2
Operator Panel
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
*1 WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected setup-Personal Identification Number) is a method to
authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by entering
PIN assignments in the printer and computer. This setting, performed through
access point, is available only when the access points of your wireless router sup-
ports WPS.
*2 WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) is a method to
authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by pressing
the button provided on the access point via wireless routers, and then performing
WPS-PBC setting on the operator panel. This setting is available only when the
access point supports WPS.
58 Installing Optional Accessories
3
Click
Connect Your Printer
.
4
Select
Wireless Connection
, and then click the
Next
button.
Installing Optional Accessories 59
The
Wireless Connection
window appears.
5
Select
Wizard
, and then click the
Next
button.
The instruction video starts.
Follow the on-screen instructions to configure wireless settings.
Using Advanced Setup to Configure a Wireless Adapter
You can configure the wireless adapter with the following connection methods:
• Network Cable
• WPS-PIN
• WPS-PBC
• Operator Panel
• Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
1
Insert the
Drivers and Utilities
CD provided with the printer in your
computer. The
Easy Setup Navigator
file launches automatically.
60 Installing Optional Accessories
2
Click
Guided Setup
.
3
Click
Connect Your Printer
.
Installing Optional Accessories 61
4
Select
Wireless Connection
, and then click the
Next
button.
The
Wireless Connection
window appears.
For Network, follow the on-screen instructions to configure wireless settings.
1
Select
Network Cable
, and then click the
Next
button.
The instruction video starts.
Follow the on-screen instructions to configure wireless settings, and then
click the
Next
button.
The
Advanced Configuration Tool
starts.
62 Installing Optional Accessories
2
Select the printer, and then click the
Next
button.
Wireless Network Settings
screen appears.
NOTE: If the printer cannot detect your printer and your printer is not listed,
click Enter IP Address button and enter the IP address of your printer, and
then click the OK button.
3
Set the wireless network settings, and then click the
Next
button.
IP Address Settings
screen appears.
NOTE: For details on each item, see "Assigning an IP Address."
4
Set the IP address of the printer, and then click the
Next
button.
Confirm the settings
screen appears.
5
Confirm the settings, and then click the
Apply
button.
Complete configuration
screen appears.
6
Click the
Next
button.
For
WPS-PIN
,
WPS-PBC
,
Operator Panel
, and
Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool
, follow the on-screen instructions to configure wireless settings.
To configure wireless settings without using the video instructions, follow the
following
instructions.
WPS-PIN
The PIN code of WPS-PIN can only be configured from the operator panel.
NOTE: WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected setup-Personal Identification Number) is a
method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by
entering PIN assignments to a printer and computer. This setting, performed
through access point, is available only when the access points of your wireless
router supports WPS.
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press button until
Admin Menu
appears, and then press the (Set)
button.
3
Press button until
Network
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Press button until
Wireless Setup
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
Installing Optional Accessories 63
5
Ensure that
WPS
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
6
Press button until
PIN Code
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
7
Write down the 8-digit PIN code displayed on the panel or press button
until
Print PIN Code
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The PIN code is printed.
8
Ensure that
Start Config.
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
9
Ensure that the message
Please wait Wireless Setting
is
displayed, and enter the PIN code displayed on the step 7 into the wireless
LAN access point (Registrar).
NOTE: For WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point, refer to the
manual supplied with the wireless LAN access point.
10
When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless
LAN connection setting is completed.
WPS-PBC
You can start Push Button Control only from the operator panel.
NOTE: WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) is a
method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by
pressing the button provided on the access point via wireless routers, and then
performing WPS-PBC setting on the operator panel. This setting is available only
when the access point supports WPS.
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press button until
Admin Menu
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press button until
Network
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Press button until
Wireless Setup
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
5
Ensure that
WPS
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
6
Ensure that
Push Btn. Ctrl
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
64 Installing Optional Accessories
7
Press button until
Start
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
8
Ensure that the message
Please wait Wireless Setting
is
displayed, and start the WPS-PBC on the wireless LAN access point
(Registrar), within two minutes of the step 7 operation.
NOTE: For WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point, refer to the
manual supplied with the wireless LAN access point.
9
When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless
LAN connection setting is completed.
Operator Panel
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press button until
Admin Menu
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press button until
Network
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Press button until
Wireless Setup
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
5
Ensure that
Manual Setup
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
6
Enter the SSID, and then press the
(Set)
button.
7
Select the network mode from
Infrastructure
and
Ad-hoc
depending on your environment.
When you select
Infrastructure
, proceed to step 8.
When you select
Ad-hoc
, proceed to step 9.
8
Select the encryption type from
No Security
,
WEP (64Bit)
, and
WEP
(128Bit)
.
When you do not set security for your wireless network:
a
Ensure that
No Security
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
To use 64 bit or 128 bit WEP encryption:
a
Press button until
WEP (64Bit)
or
WEP (128Bit)
appears,
and then press the
(Set)
button.
b
Enter the WEP key, and then press the
(Set)
button.
Installing Optional Accessories 65
c
Select the transmit key from
WEP Key 1
to
WEP Key 4
.
To use WPA-PSK-TKIP or WPA-PSK-AES encryption:
a
Press button until
WPA-PSK-TKIP
or
WPA-PSK-AES
appears,
and then press the
(Set)
button.
b
Enter the passphrase, and then press the
(Set)
button.
9
Select the encryption type from
No Security
,
WEP (64Bit)
, and
WEP
(128Bit)
.
When you do not set security for your wireless network:
a
Ensure that
No Security
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
To use 64 bit or 128 bit WEP encryption:
a
Press button until
WEP (64Bit)
or
WEP (128Bit)
appears,
and then press the
(Set)
button.
b
Enter the WEP key, and then press the
(Set)
button.
c
Select the transmit key from
WEP Key 1
to
WEP Key 4
.
10
When the operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN
connection setting is completed.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
1
Launch the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
by entering the IP address
of the printer in your web browser.
2
Click
Print Server Settings
.
3
Click
Print Server Settings
tab.
4
Click
Wireless LAN
, and then enter the SSID.
5
Select the network type from
Infrastructure
and
Ad-Hoc
.
6
Select the encryption type from
No Security
,
WEP
,
WPA-PSK-AES
, and
WPA-PSK-TKIP
, and then set each item for the encryption type selected.
NOTE: For details on each item, see "Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
7
Click the
Apply New Settings
button to apply the settings.
8
When the operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN
connection setting is completed.
66 Installing Optional Accessories
Constructing a New Wireless Network Environment for Your Computer
When you setup your wireless connection first time, the following settings are
requried on your computer.
For DHCP network:
1
Setting up your computer for wireless connectivity:
NOTE: If your computer provides a wireless adapter tool, change the wireless
settings using this tool. Or you can change the wireless settings using the tool
provided with the operating system. See the instructions below.
For Windows XP and Windows Server 2003:
a
Select
Network Connections
from Control Panel.
b
Right-click
Wireless Network Connection
and select
Properties
.
c
Select the
Wireless Networks
tab.
d
Ensure the check box for
Use Windows to configure my wireless
network settings
is checked.
NOTE: Be sure to write down the current wireless computer settings in step
e and step g so that you can restore them later.
e
Click the
Advanced
button.
f
Select
Computer to Computer
(ad hoc) networks only and close the
Advanced
dialog box.
g
Click the
Add
button to display
Wireless network
properties
.
h
Under the
Association
tab, enter the following information and click
OK
.
Network name (SSID): dell_device
Network Authentication: Open
Data encryption: Disabled
Ad hoc network: checked
Installing Optional Accessories 67
i
Click the
Move up
button to move the newly added SSID to the top of
the list.
j
Click
OK
to close the
Property
dialog box.
For Windows Vista:
a
Open
Control Panel
.
b
Select
Network and Internet
.
c
Select
Network and Sharing Center
.
d
Select
Connect to a network
.
e
Select
dell_device
from the network items listed in
Connect to a
network
.
f
Select
Connect Anyway
in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
g
Click
Close
in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008:
a
Open
Control Panel
.
b
Select
Network and Sharing Center
.
c
Select
Connect to a network
.
d
Select
dell_device
from the network items listed in
Connect to a
network
.
68 Installing Optional Accessories
e
Select
Connect Anyway
in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
f
Click
Close
in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
a
Open
Control Panel
.
b
Select
Network and Internet
.
c
Select
Network and Sharing Center
.
d
Select
Connect to a network
.
e
Select
dell_device
from the network items listed in the available
network list, and click
Connect
.
2
Check the IP address assigned by AutoIP on the printer.
a
Press the
(Menu)
button.
b
Press button until
Admin Menu
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
c
Press button until
Network
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
d
Press button until
TCP/IP
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
e
Press button until
IPv4
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
Check the IP address displayed on the operator panel.
3
Check that the IP address on your computer is assigned by DHCP.
Installing Optional Accessories 69
4
Open
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
using the WEB browser.
5
Create wireless setting of the printer on
Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool
.
6
Reboot the printer.
7
Restore the wireless settings on your computer.
70 Installing Optional Accessories
NOTE: If your computer provides a wireless adapter tool, change the
wireless settings using this tool. Or you can change the wireless settings using
the tool provided with the operating system. See the instructions below.
For Windows XP and Windows Server 2003:
a
Select Network Connections from Control Panel.
b
Right-click
Wireless Network Connection
and select
Properties
.
c
Select
Wireless Network
tab.
d
Ensure the check box for
Use Windows to configure my wireless
network settings
is checked.
e
Click
Advanced
.
f
Do either of the following:
When wireless ad-hoc mode is set to the printer:
Select
Computer to Computer
(ad hoc) networks only and close the
Advanced
dialog box.
When wireless infrastructure mode is set to the printer:
Select
Access point (Infrastructure) networks only
and close the
Advanced
dialog box.
g
Click
Add
to display
Wireless network properties
.
h
Enter the setting that you will send to the printer and click
OK
.
i
Click
Move up
to move the setting to the top of the list.
j
Click
OK
to close the
Property
dialog box.
For Windows Vista:
a
Open
Control Panel
.
b
Select
Network and Internet
.
c
Select
Network and Sharing Center
.
d
Select
Connect to a network
.
e
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
Connect to a network
.
f
Select
Connect Anyway
in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
Installing Optional Accessories 71
g
Click
Close
in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008:
a
Open
Control Panel
.
b
Select
Network and Sharing Center
.
c
Select
Connect to a network
.
d
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
Connect to a network
.
e
Select
Connect Anyway
in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
f
Click
Close
in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
a
Open
Control Panel
.
b
Select
Network and Internet
.
c
Select
Network and Sharing Center
.
d
Select
Connect to a network
.
e
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
the available network list, and click
Connect
.
f
Enter the
Security key
and click
OK
, if necessary.
For Fixed IP networks:
1
Setting up your computer for wireless connectivity:
NOTE: If your computer provides a wireless adapter tool, change the
wireless settings using this tool. Or you can change the wireless settings using
the tool provided with the operating system. See the instructions below.
For Windows XP and Windows Server 2003:
a
Select
Network Connections
from Control Panel.
b
Right-click
Wireless Network Connection
and select
Properties
.
c
Select the
Wireless Networks
tab.
72 Installing Optional Accessories
d
Ensure the check box for
Use Windows to configure my wireless
network settings
is checked.
NOTE: Be sure to write down the current wireless computer settings in step
d and step f so that you can restore them later.
e
Click the
Advanced
button.
f
Select
Computer to Computer (ad hoc) networks only
and close the
Advanced
dialog box.
g
Click the
Add
button to display
Wireless network
properties
.
h
Under the
Association
tab, enter the following information and click
OK
.
Network name (SSID): dell_device
Network Authentication: Open
Data encryption: Disabled
Ad hoc network: checked
i
Click the
Move up
button to move the newly added SSID to the top of
the list.
j
Click
OK
to close the
Property
dialog box.
For Windows Vista:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select
Network and Internet
.
Installing Optional Accessories 73
c
Select
Network and Sharing Center
.
d
Select
Connect to a network
.
e
Select
dell_device
from the network items listed in
Connect to a
network
.
f
Select
Connect Anyway
in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
g
Click
Close
in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008:
a
Open
Control Panel
.
b
Select
Network and Sharing Center
.
c
Select
Connect to a network
.
d
Select
dell_device
from the network items listed in
Connect to a
network
.
e
Select
Connect Anyway
in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
f
Click
Close
in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
a
Open
Control Panel
.
b
Select
Network and Internet
.
c
Select
Network and Sharing Center
.
d
Select
Connect to a network
.
e
Select
dell_device
from the network items listed in the available
network list, and click
Connect
.
2
Check the IP address on your computer.
74 Installing Optional Accessories
3
Set the IP address on the printer.
a
Press the
(Menu)
button.
b
Press button until
Admin menu
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
c
Press button until
Network
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
d
Press button until
TCP/IP
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
e
Press button until
IPv4
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
f
Ensure that
Get IP Address
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
g
Press button until
Panel
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
h
Press button until
IP Address
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
i
Manually enter the IP address using , , and buttons on the
operator panel, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Open
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
using the WEB browser.
Installing Optional Accessories 75
5
Change the wireless setting of the printer on
Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool
.
6
Reboot the printer.
7
Restore the wireless settings on your computer.
NOTE: If your computer provides a wireless adapter tool, change the
wireless settings using this tool. Or you can change the wireless settings using
the tool provided with the operating system. See the instructions below.
a
For Windows XP and Windows Server 2003:
b
Select
Network Connections
from Control Panel.
c
Right-click
Wireless Network Connection
and select
Properties
.
d
Select
Wireless Network
tab.
e
Ensure the check box for Use
Windows to configure my wireless
network settings
is checked.
f
Click
Advanced
.
g
Do either of the following:
76 Installing Optional Accessories
When wireless ad-hoc mode is set to the printer:
Select Computer to Computer (ad hoc) networks only and close the
Advanced dialog box.
When wireless infrastructure mode is set to the printer:
Select Access point (Infrastructure) networks only and close the
Advanced dialog box.
h
Click
Add
to display
Wireless network properties
.
i
Enter the setting that you will send to the printer and click
OK
.
j
Click
Move up
to move the setting to the top of the list.
k
Click
OK
to close the
Property
dialog box.
For Windows Vista:
a
Open
Control Panel
.
b
Select
Network and Internet
.
c
Select
Network and Sharing Center
.
d
Select
Connect to a network
.
e
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
Connect to a network
.
f
Select
Connect Anyway
in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
g
Click
Close
in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008:
a
Open
Control Panel
.
b
Select
Network and Sharing Center
.
c
Select
Connect to a network
.
d
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
Connect to a network
.
e
Select
Connect Anyway
in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
Installing Optional Accessories 77
f
Click
Close
in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
a
Open
Control Panel
.
b
Select
Network and Internet
.
c
Select
Network and Sharing Center
.
d
Select
Connect to a network
.
e
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
the available network list, and click
Connect
.
f
Enter the
Security key
and click
OK
, if necessary.
78 Installing Optional Accessories
Connecting Your Printer 79
7
Connecting Your Printer
Your Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer interconnection cable must meet the
following requirements:
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell 2150cn Color Printer.
Connection type Connection specifications
USB USB 2.0
Ethernet 10 Base-T/100 Base-TX/1000 Base-T
Wireless (optional) IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n
1 USB port
2 Ethernet port
3 Wireless adapter socket
80 Connecting Your Printer
Connecting Printer to Computer or Network
Direct Connection
A local printer is a printer which is directly connected to your computer using
the USB cable. If your printer is connected to a network instead of your
computer, skip this section and go to "Network Connection."
The following operating systems support USB connection:
• Microsoft
®
Windows
®
XP
• Windows XP 64-bit Edition
• Windows Server
®
2003
• Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition
• Windows Server 2008
• Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
• Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit Edition
• Windows Vista
®
• Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
• Windows 7
• Windows 7 64-bit Edition
• Mac OS X 10.3.9/10.4.11/10.5/10.6
•Red Hat
®
Enterprise Linux
®
4 WS/5 Client (x86)
•SUSE
®
Linux Enterprise Desktop 10/11 (x86)
To connect the printer to a computer:
1
Connect the smaller USB connector into the USB port at the back of the
printer.
Connecting Your Printer 81
NOTE: Ensure that you match the USB symbol on the cable to the USB symbol
on the printer.
2
Connect the other end of the cable into a USB port of the computer.
NOTICE: Do not connect the printer USB cable to the USB port available on the
keyboard.
Network Connection
To connect the printer to a network:
1
Connect the network cable.
1 USB port
82 Connecting Your Printer
To connect the printer to the network, connect one end of an Ethernet cable into
the Ethernet port on the rear of the printer, and the other end to a LAN drop or
hub. To setup a wireless connection, insert the wireless adapter into the wireless
adapter socket on the back of the printer.
For a wireless connection, see "Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter."
NOTE: To use the wireless adapter, be sure to disconnect the network cable.
Turning on the Printer
CAUTION: Do not use extension cords or power strips.
CAUTION: The printer should not be plugged into a UPS (Uninterruptible Power
Supply) system.
1
Connect the power cable to the power connector on the rear of the printer,
and then to a power source.
2
Turn on the printer. When the printer is connected via a USB cable, the USB
driver is automatically installed.
1 Ethernet port
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Setting the IP Address 83
8
Setting the IP Address
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
Assigning an IP Address
An IP address is a unique number that consists of four sections that are delimited
by a period and can include up to three digits in each section, for example,
111.222.33.44.
You can select the IP mode from Dual Stack, IPv4, and IPv6. If your network
supports both IPv4 and IPv6, select Dual Stack.
Select the IP mode of your environment, and then set IP address, subnet mask
(for IPv4 only), and gateway address.
NOTICE: Assigning an IP address that is already in use can cause network
performance issues.
NOTE: Assigning an IP address is considered as an advanced function and is
normally done by a system administrator.
When Using the Easy Setup Navigator
1
Insert the
Drivers and Utilities
CD provided with the printer in your
computer. The
Easy Setup Navigator
file launches automatically.
2
Click
Advanced Tools
on the
Easy Setup Navigator
window.
The
Advanced Tools
window opens.
84 Setting the IP Address
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section08.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
3
Click
IP Configuration
.
4
Follow the instructions displayed on the screen.
When Using the Operator Panel
For more information on using the operator panel, see
"
Operator Panel.
"
1
Turn on the printer.
2
Press the
(Menu)
button.
3
Press button until
Admin
Menu
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Press button until
Network
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
5
Press button until
TCP/IP
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
6
Press button until
IPv4
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
7
Ensure that
Get IP Address
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
8
Press button until
Panel
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
9
Press and buttons until
IP Address
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The cursor is located at the first octet of the IP address.
Setting the IP Address 85
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section08.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
10
Use and buttons to enter the first octet of the IP address, and then
press button.
The cursor moves to the next digit.
NOTE: You can only enter one octet at a time and must press
button
after entering each octet.
11
Enter the rest of the octets, and then press the
(Set)
button.
12
Press and buttons until
Subnet Mask
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
13
Repeat steps 10 and 11 to set Subnet Mask, and then press the
(Set)
button.
14
Press and buttons until
Gateway Address
appears, and then
press the
(Set)
button.
15
Repeat steps 10 and 11 to set the Gateway Address, and then press the
(Set)
button.
16
Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box
.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The
Tool Box
opens.
2
Click the
Printer Maintenance
tab.
3
Select
TCP/IP Settings
from the list at the left side of the page.
The
TCP/IP Settings
page appears.
4
Select the mode from
IP Address Mode
, and then enter the values in IP
Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway Address.
5
Press the
Apply New Settings
button to take effect.
86 Setting the IP Address
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section08.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
You can also assign the IP address to the printer when installing the printer drivers
with the installer. When you use the
Network Installation
feature, and the
Get
IP Address
is set to
AutoIP or DHCP
on the operator panel menu, you can
set the IP address from 0.0.0.0 to the desired IP address on the printer selection
window.
Verifying the IP Settings
You can confirm the settings by printing the printer settings report or using the
ping command.
Verifying the Settings Using Printer Settings Report
1
Print the printer settings report.
When Using the Operator Panel
a
Press the
(Menu)
button.
b
Ensure that
Report/List
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
c
Ensure that
Printer Settings
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The printer settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
a
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell 2150 Color
Printer
Tool Box
.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The
Tool Box
opens.
b
Ensure that the
Printer Settings Report
tab is open.
c
Select
Reports
from the list at the left side of the page.
The
Reports
page appears.
d
Click the
Printer Settings
button.
The printer settings report is printed
Setting the IP Address 87
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section08.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
2
Verify the correct IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address are listed in
the printer settings report under
Network (Wired)
.
Verifying the Settings Using Ping Command
Ping the printer and verify that it responds. For example, at a command
prompt on a network computer, type ping followed by the new IP address
(for example, 192.168.0.11):
ping 192.168.0.11
If the printer is active on the network, you will receive a reply.
88 Setting the IP Address
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section08.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Loading Paper 89
9
Loading Paper
NOTE: To avoid paper jams, do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.
NOTE: Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in your printer.
1
Pull the tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the tray with both hands,
and remove it from the printer.
2
Adjust the paper guides.
90 Loading Paper
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section09.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
NOTE: Extend the rear side of the tray when you load Legal size paper.
3
Before loading the print media, flex the sheets and fan them. Straighten the
edges of the stack on a level surface.
4
Load the print media into the tray with the recommended print side facing up.
NOTE: Do not exceed the maximum fill line in the tray. Overfilling the tray
may cause paper jams.
5
Align the width guides against the edges of the paper.
Loading Paper 91
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section09.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
NOTE: When loading user-specified print media, adjust the width guides
and slide the extendable part of the tray by pinching the length guide and
sliding it until it rests lightly against the edge of the paper.
6
After confirming that the guides are securely adjusted, insert the tray into the
printer.
NOTE: Select the paper type from the operator panel if the loaded print media is
not standard plain paper.
92 Loading Paper
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section09.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers 93
10
Installing Printer Drivers on the
Windows Computers
Identifying Printer Driver Pre-install Status
Before installing the printer driver on your computer, check the IP address of
your printer by performing one of the following procedures.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
• When Using the Operator Panel
• When Using the Tool Box
When Using the Operator Panel
1
Press the (
Menu)
button.
2
Ensure that
Report/List
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Ensure that
Printer Setting
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The printer settings report is printed.
4
Look under the
TCP/IP
heading on the printer setting report.
If the IP address shows
0.0.0.0
(the factory default), an IP address has not
been assigned. To assign one for your printer, see "Assigning an IP Address."
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell 2150 Color Printer

Tool Box
.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.
94 Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
The
Tool Box
opens.
2
Ensure that the
Printer Settings Report
tab is open.
3
Select
TCP/IP Settings
from the list at the left side of the page.
The
TCP/IP Settings
page appears.
If the IP address shows
0.0.0.0
(the factory default), an IP address has not
been assigned. To assign one for your printer, see "Assigning an IP Address."
Disabling Firewall Before Installing Printer Software
NOTE: This step is necessary if you have Windows XP Service Pack 2 or 3
installed.
If your printer is connected directly to a network, and the Windows XP,
Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, or Windows
7 firewall is enabled, you cannot view your networked printer(s) when you run
the Dell printer installation software. To prevent this situation, disable this
firewall before you install the Dell printer software. To disable or enable your
Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2,
or Windows 7 firewall, perform the following steps.
1
Click
Start
and click
Help and Support
.
NOTE: For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7, if you use Online
Help, switch to Offline Help on Windows Help and Support window.
2
In the
Search
box, type
firewall
, and then press the
Enter
key.
In the list, click
Turn Windows Firewall on or off
, and then follow the
instructions on the screen.
Inserting the Drivers and Utility CD
1
Insert the
Drivers and Utilities
CD into your computer and click
setup_assist.exe
to start
Easy Setup Navigator
.
NOTE: If the CD does not launch automatically launch, follow the
procedure below.
For Windows XP, Windows Server 2008, and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click
start
Run
, enter
D:\setup_assist.exe
(where D is the CD drive
letter) in the Run dialog box, and then click
OK
.
For Windows Vista and Windows 7
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers 95
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Click
Start

All Programs
Accessories
Run
, enter
D:\setup_assist.exe
(where D is the CD drive letter) in the Run dialog
box, and then click
OK
.
Direct Connection Setup
For installing PCL printer driver
1
In the
Easy Setup Navigator
window, click
Software Installation
to launch
the installation software.
2
Select
Personal Installation
, and then click
Next
.
3
Select the model name of your printer, and then click
Next
.
4
Follow the on-screen instructions to connect the computer and the printer
with a USB cable, and then turn the printer on.
The Plug and Play installation starts and the installation software proceeds to
the next page automatically.
NOTE: If the installation software does not automatically proceed to the
next page, click Install.
5
Select either
Typical Installation
or
Custom Installation
from the
installation wizard, and then click
Install
. If you select
Custom Installation
,
you can select the specific software you want to install.
6
Click
Finish
to exit the wizard when the
Congratulations!
screen appears.
To print a test page, click
Print Test Page
.
USB Printing
A personal printer is a printer connected to your computer or a print server using
a USB. If your printer is connected to a network and not your computer, see
"Network Connection Setup."
For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver
NOTE: XPS driver is supported on the following operating systems: Windows
Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008
64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit
Edition.
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
96 Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2150.zip
(where D is the
CD drive letter)
2
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
.
3
Click
Add a printer
.
4
Click
Add a local printer
.
5
Select the port connected to this product, and then click
Next
.
6
Click
Have Disk
to display the
Install From Disk
dialog box.
7
Click
Browse
, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
8
Click
OK
.
9
Select your printer name and click
Next
.
10
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the
Printer name
box,
and then click
Next
. To use this printer as the default printer, select the check
box displayed under the
Printer name,
and then click
Next
.
Installation starts.
If the
User Account Control
dialog box appears, click
Continue
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue;
otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
11
As the driver installation is completed, click
Print a test page
to print a test
page.
12
Click
Finish
.
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator.
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2150.zip
(where D is the
CD drive letter)
2
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
.
3
Click
Add a printer
.
4
Click
Add a local printer
.
5
Select the port connected to this product, and then click
Next
.
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers 97
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
6
Click
Have Disk
to display the
Install From Disk
dialog box.
7
Click
Browse
, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
8
Click
OK
.
9
Select your printer name and click
Next
.
10
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the
Printer name
box,
and then click
Next
.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the
Set as the default printer
check box, and then click
Next
.
11
If you do not share your printer, select
Do not share this printer
. If you
share your printer, select
Share this printer so that others on your network
can find and use it
.
12
Click
Next
.
Installation starts.
13
As the driver installation is completed, click
Print a test page
to print a test
page.
14
Click
Finish
.
Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server 2008 R2
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2150.zip
(where D is the
CD drive letter)
2
Click
Start
Devices and Printers
.
3
Click
Add a printer
.
When you use Windows Server 2008 R2, click
Add a local or network
printer as an administrator
.
If the
User Account Control
dialog box appears, click
Ye s
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Ye s ; otherwise,
contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
4
Click
Add a local printer
.
5
Select the port connected to this product, and then click
Next
.
6
Click
Have Disk
to display the
Install From Disk
dialog box.
7
Click
Browse
, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
98 Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
8
Click
OK
.
9
Select your printer name and click
Next
.
10
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the
Printer name
box,
and then click
Next
.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the
Set as the default printer
check box, and then click
Next
.
11
If you do not share your printer, select
Do not share this printer
. If you
share your printer, select
Share this printer so that others on your network
can find and use it
.
12
Click
Next
.
Installation starts.
13
As the driver installation is completed, click
Print a test page
to print a test
page.
14
Click
Finish
.
Network Connection Setup
NOTE: To use this printer in a Linux environment, you need to install a Linux
driver. For more information on how to install and use these, see "Installing Printer
Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)."
NOTE: When using a CD drive in a Linux environment, you need to mount the
CD according to your system environment. The command strings are
mount/media/CD-ROM.
Network Printer Setup on a Local Network
For installing PCL printer driver
1
In the
Easy Setup Navigator
window, click
Software Installation
to launch
the installation software.
2
Select
Network Installation
, and then click
Next
.
3
Select the model name of your printer, and then click
Next
.
4
Select
Local Installation
, and then click
Next
.
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers 99
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
5
Select the printer you want to install from the printer list, and then click
Next
.
If the target printer is not displayed on the list, click
Refresh
to refresh the
list or click
Add Printer
to add a printer to the list manually. You may
specify the IP address and port name at this point.
If you have installed this printer on the server computer, select the
I am
setting up this printer on a server
check box.
NOTE: When using AutoIP, 0.0.0.0 is displayed in the installer. Before you
can continue, you must enter a valid IP address.
NOTE: In some cases,
Windows Security Alert
is displayed in this step
when you use Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows
Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2,
Windows 7, or Windows 7 64-bit Edition. In this case, select
Unblock
(Allow access for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7), and then
continue the procedure.
6
Specify the printer settings, and then click
Next
.
a
Enter the printer name.
b
If you want other users on the network to access the printer, select
Share
this printer with other computers on the network
, and then enter a
share name that users can identify.
c
If you want to set the printer as the default printer, select the
Set this
printer as default
check box.
d
If you want to restrict color printing, select the appropriate
Dell
ColorTrack
option. Enter the password when
Color-Password
Enabled
is selected for
Dell ColorTrack
.
7
Select the software and documentation you want to install, and then click
Install
. If you want to change the installation destination, click
Browse
and
specify a new location.
8
Click
Finish
to exit the wizard when the
Congratulations!
screen appears.
To print a test page, click
Print Test Page
.
For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver
NOTE: XPS driver is supported on the following operating systems: Windows
Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008
64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit
Edition.
100 Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2150.zip
(where D is the
CD drive letter)
2
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
.
3
Click
Add a printer
.
4
Click
Add a network
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer
.
5
Select printer or click
The printer that I want isn't listed
.
6
Select
Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name
, and then click
Next
.
7
Select
TCP/IP Device
from
Device type
, and enter the IP address for
Hostname or IP address
, and then click
Next
.
If the
User Account Control
dialog box appears, click
Continue
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue;
otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
8
Click
Have Disk
to display the
Install From Disk
dialog box.
9
Click
Browse
, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
10
Click
OK
.
11
Select your printer name and click
Next
.
12
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the
Printer name
box,
and then click
Next
.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the
Set as the default printer
check box, and then click
Next
.
Installation starts.
13
As the driver installation is completed, click
Print a test page
to print a test
page.
14
Click
Finish
.
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator.
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers 101
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2150.zip
(where D is the
CD drive letter)
2
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
.
3
Click
Add a printer
.
4
Click
Add a network
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer
.
5
Select printer or click
The printer that I want isn't listed
.
When you select your printer, go to step 8.
When you click
The printer that I want isn't listed
, go to step 6.
6
Select
Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name
, and then click
Next
.
7
Select
TCP/IP Device
from
Device type
, and enter the IP address for
Hostname or IP address
, and then click
Next
.
If the
User Account Control
dialog box appears, click
Continue
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue;
otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
8
Click
Have Disk
to display the
Install From Disk
dialog box.
9
Click
Browse
, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
10
Click
OK
.
11
Select your printer name and click
Next
.
12
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the
Printer name
box,
and then click
Next
.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the
Set as the default printer
check box, and then click
Next
.
13
If you do not share your printer, select
Do not share this printer
. If you
share your printer, select
Share this printer so that others on your network
can find and use it
.
14
Click
Next
.
Installation starts.
15
As the driver installation is completed, click
Print a test page
to print a test
page.
16
Click
Finish
.
102 Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Windows Server 2008 R2
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2150.zip
(where D is the
CD drive letter)
2
Click
Start
Devices and
Printers
.
3
Click
Add a printer
.
4
Click
Add a network
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer
.
5
Select printer or click
The printer that I want isn't listed
.
NOTE: When you click
The printer that I want isn't listed, Find a printer
by name or TCP/IP address
screen appears. Find your printer on the screen.
If the
User Account Control
dialog box appears, click
Continue
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue;
otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
6
Click
Have Disk
to display the
Install From Disk
dialog box.
7
Click
Browse
, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
8
Click
OK
.
9
Select your printer name and click
Next
.
10
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the
Printer name
box,
and then click
Next
.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the
Set as the default printer
check box, and then click
Next
.
11
If you do not share your printer, select
Do not share this printer
. If you
share your printer, select
Share this printer so that others on your network
can find and use it
.
12
Click
Next
.
Installation starts.
13
As the driver installation is completed, click
Print a test page
to print a test
page.
14
Click
Finish
.
Windows 7 or Windows 7 64-bit Edition
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers 103
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2150.zip
(where D is the
CD drive letter)
2
Click
Start
Devices and Printers
.
3
Click
Add a printer
.
4
Click
Add a network
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer
.
5
Select printer or click
The printer that I want isn't listed
.
When you select your printer, go to step 8.
When you click
The printer that I want isn't listed
, go to step 6.
6
Select
Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name
, and then click
Next
.
7
Select
TCP/IP Device
from
Device type
, and enter the IP address for
Hostname or IP address
, and then click
Next
.
If the
User Account Control
dialog box appears, click
Ye s
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Ye s ; otherwise,
contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
8
Click
Have Disk
to display the
Install From Disk
dialog box.
9
Click
Browse
, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
10
Click
OK
.
11
Select your printer name and click
Next
.
12
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the
Printer name
box,
and then click
Next
.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the
Set as the default printer
check box.
13
If you do not share your printer, select
Do not share this printer
. If you
share your printer, select
Share this printer so that others on your network
can find and use it
.
14
Click
Next
.
Installation starts.
15
As the driver installation is completed, click
Print a test page
to print a test
page.
16
Click
Finish
.
104 Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Use the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
to monitor the status of your
network printer without leaving your desk. You can view and/or change the
printer settings, monitor toner level, and acknowledge the timing of ordering
replacement consumables. You can click the Dell supplies link for ordering
supplies.
NOTE: The
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
is not available when the
printer is directly connected to a computer or a print server.
To launch the
Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool, type the printer's IP
address in your web browser. The printer configuration appears on the screen.
You can set up the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
to send you an e-mail
when the printer needs supplies or intervention.
To set up e-mail alerts:
1
Launch the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
.
2
Click
E-Mail Alert
link.
3
Under
E-Mail Server Settings
, enter the
Primary SMTP Gateway
,
Reply
Address
, and your or key operator's e-mail address in the e-mail list box.
4
Click
Apply New Settings
.
NOTE:
Connection pending until printer sends an alert
is displayed
on the SMTP server until an error occurs.
Network Printer Setup on a Remote Network
Before Installation
Before you start remote installation, perform the following procedures.
Allow Print Spooler to Accept Client Connections
NOTE: This procedure is required for Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows
Server 2003, Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition, Windows Vista, Windows Vista
64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition,
Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition.
For Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows Vista, and Windows Server
2008:
1
Open the Run dialog box.
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers 105
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
For Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008, click
start
All Programs
Accessories
Run
.
For Windows Vista, click
Start
Run
.
2
Type
gpedit.msc
, and then click
OK
.
3
Click
Computer Configuration
Administrative Templates
Printers
.
4
Right-click
Allow Print Spooler to accept client connections
and select
Properties
.
5
On the
Setting
tab, select
Enabled
, and then click
OK
.
6
Restart the computer.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
1
Open the Run dialog box.
For Windows Server 2008 R2, click
Start
Run
.
For Windows 7, click
Start
All Programs
Accessories
Run
.
2
Type
gpedit.msc
, and then click
OK
.
3
Click
Computer Configuration
Administrative Templates
Printers
.
4
Right-click
Allow Print Spooler to accept client connections
and select
Edit
.
5
Select
Enabled
, and then click
OK
.
6
Restart the computer.
Share the Firewall File and Printer
NOTE: This procedure is required for Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition,
Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows
Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7
64-bit Edition.
For Windows XP:
1
Click
start
Control Panel
.
2
Select
Security Center
.
3
Click
Windows Firewall
.
4
On the
Exceptions
tab, select the
File and Printer Sharing
check box, and
then click
OK
.
106 Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
For Windows Vista:
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
.
2
Select
Security
.
3
Click
Windows Firewall
.
4
Click
Change settings
.
5
Click
Continue
.
6
On the
Exceptions
tab, select the
File and Printer Sharing
check box, and
then click
OK
.
For Windows Server 2008:
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
.
2
Double-click
Windows Firewall
.
3
Click
Change settings
.
4
On the
Exceptions
tab, select the
File and Printer Sharing
check box, and
then click
OK
.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
.
2
Select
System and Security
.
3
Click
Windows Firewall
.
4
Click
Allow a program or feature through Windows Firewall
.
5
If the check boxes under
Allowed programs and features
: are dimmed,
click
Change settings
.
6
Check the
File and Printer Sharing
check box.
Home/Work (Private)
or
Public
check box is automatically selected according to your settings.
If the
File and Printer Sharing Properties
dialog box appears, click
OK
.
7
Click
OK
.
Start Remote Registry
NOTE: This procedure is required for Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit
Edition, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition.
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
.
2
Select
System and Maintenance
(System and Security for Windows 7).
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers 107
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
3
Click
Administrative Tools
.
4
Double-click
Services
.
5
Click
Continue
(for Windows Vista only).
6
Right-click
Remote Registry
and select
Start
.
7
Right-click
Remote Registry
and select
Properties
.
8
Change
Startup
type
to
Automatic
, and then click
OK
.
Disable User Account Control
NOTICE: Disabling the User Account Control might leave the system vulnerable
to virus attacks.
NOTE: This procedure is required for Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit
Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows
Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition.
For Windows Vista:
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
.
2
Select
User Accounts and Family Safety
.
3
Click
User Accounts
.
4
Click
Turn User Account Control on
or
off
.
5
Click
Continue
.
6
Clear the
Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect your
computer
check box.
7
Restart the computer.
For Windows Server 2008:
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
.
2
Double-click
User Accounts
.
3
Click
Turn User Account Control on or off
.
4
Clear the
Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect your
computer
check box.
5
Click
OK
.
6
Restart the computer.
For Windows Server 2008 R2:
108 Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
.
2
Select
User Accounts
.
3
Click
Change User Account Control Settings
.
4
Move the slider to the bottom, and then click
OK
.
5
Restart the computer.
For Windows 7:
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
.
2
Select
User Accounts and Family Safety
.
3
Click
User Accounts
.
4
Click
Change User Account Control Settings
.
5
Move the slider to the bottom, and then click
OK
.
6
Click
Ye s
in the
User Account Control
dialog box.
7
Restart the computer.
Enable Network Discovery and File Sharing for all Public Networks
NOTE: This procedure is required when you use Windows Vista, Windows Vista
64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition,
Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition for the server
computer.
1
Click
Start
Network
(
Start
your user name
Network
for Windows
7).
2
Click
Network discovery and file sharing are turned off
. Network
computers and devices are not visible. Click to change.
3
Click
Turn on network discovery and file sharing
.
4
Click
Yes, turn on network discovery and file sharing for all public
networks
.
Disable Simple File Sharing
NOTE: This procedure is required for Windows XP, and Windows XP 64-bit
Edition.
1
Click
start
Control Panel
.
2
Select
Appearance and Themes
.
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers 109
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
3
Select
Folder Options
.
4
On the
View
tab, clear the
Use simple file sharing
(Recommended)
check
box, and then click
OK
.
5
Click
Start
Control Panel
.
6
Select
Performance and Maintenance
.
7
Select
Administrative Tools
.
8
Click
Local Security Policy
.
9
Click
Local Policies
Security Options
.
10
Right-click
Network access: Sharing and security model for local
accounts
and select
Properties
.
11
Ensure
Classic - local users authenticate as themselves
is selected.
Installing the Printer Driver
NOTE: Installation is not supported on Windows XP Home Edition, Windows
Vista Home Basic, Windows Vista Home Premium, Windows Vista Home Basic
64-bit Edition, Windows Vista Home Premium 64-bit Edition, Windows 7 Starter,
Windows 7 Home Basic, Windows 7 Home Premium, Windows 7 Home Basic 64-
bit Edition, and Windows 7 Home Premium 64-bit Edition.
1
In the
Easy Setup Navigator
window, click
Software Installation
to launch
the installation software.
2
Select
Network Installation
, and then click
Next
.
3
Select the model name of your printer, and then click
Next
.
4
Select
Remote Installation
, and then click
Next
.
a
Enter the computer name, user ID, and password, and then click
Add
.
b
Click
Next
.
NOTE:
Windows Security Alert
may appear on Windows Vista,
Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008
64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, or Windows 7 64-bit
Edition. In this case, select
Unblock
(Allow access for Windows Server
2008 R2 and Windows 7), and then continue the procedure.
5
Select a printer from the printer list, and then click
Next
. If the target printer
is not displayed on the list, click
Refresh
to refresh the list or click
Add
Printer
to add a printer to the list manually. You may specify the IP address
and port name at this point.
110 Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
NOTE: When using AutoIP, 0.0.0.0 is displayed in the installer. Before
you continue, you must enter a valid IP address.
6
Specify the printer settings, and then click
Next
.
a
Enter the printer name.
b
If you want other users on the network to access this printer, select the
Share this printer with other computers on the network
, and then
enter a share name that users can identify.
c
If you want to set the printer as default, select the
Set this printer as
default
check box.
d
If you want to restrict color printing, select the appropriate
Dell
ColorTrack
option. Enter the password when
Color-Password
Enabled
is selected for
Dell ColorTrack
.
7
Select the software and documentation you want to install, and then click
Install
.
If you want to change the installation destination, click
Input
and specify
new location.
8
Click
Finish
to exit the wizard when the
Congratulations!
screen appears.
Use the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
to monitor the status of your
network printer without leaving your desk. You can view and/or change the
printer settings, monitor toner level, and acknowledge the timing of ordering
replacement consumables. You can click the Dell supplies link for ordering
supplies.
NOTE: The
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
is not available when the
printer is directly connected to a computer or a print server.
To launch the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
, type the printer's IP
address in your web browser. The printer configuration appears on the screen.
You can set up the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
to send you an e-mail
when the printer needs supplies or intervention.
To set up e-mail alerts:
1
Launch the
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
.
2
Click
E-Mail Alert
link.
3
Under
E-Mail Server Settings
, enter the
Primary SMTP Gateway
,
Reply
Address
, and your or key operator's e-mail address in the e-mail list box.
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers 111
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
4
Click
Apply New Settings
.
NOTE:
Connection pending until printer sends an alert
is displayed
on the SMTP server until an error occurs.
Setting Up for Shared Printing
You can share your new printer on the network using the Drivers and Utilities
CD that comes with your printer, or using Microsoft® point-and-print or peer-to-
peer method. However, if you use one of the Microsoft methods, some features,
such as the status monitor and other printer utilities, installed with the Drivers
and Utilities CD, may not be available.
If you want to use the printer on a network, share the printer and install its
drivers on all the computers on the network.
NOTE: You need to purchase an Ethernet cable for shared printing.
Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, or Windows Server
2003 x64 Edition
1
Click
start
Printers and Faxes
.
2
Right-click the printer icon and select
Properties
.
3
On the
Sharing
tab, select the
Share this printer
check box, and then type a
name in the
Share name
text box.
4
Click
Additional Drivers
and select the operating systems of all network
clients that print to the printer.
5
Click
OK
.
If you are missing files, you are prompted to insert the server operating
system CD.
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon and select
Sharing
.
3
Click
Change sharing options
.
The message
Windows needs your permission to continue
appears.
4
Click
Continue
.
112 Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
5
Select the
Share this printer
check box, and then type a name in the
Share
name
text box.
6
Click
Additional Drivers
and select the operating systems of all network
clients that print to the printer.
7
Click
OK
.
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon and select
Sharing
.
3
Click
Change Sharing Options
if exists.
4
Select the
Share this printer
check box, and then type a name in the
Share
name
text box.
5
Click
Additional Drivers
and select the operating systems of all network
clients that print to the printer.
6
Click
OK
.
Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server 2008 R2
1
Click
Start
Devices and Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer icon and select
Printer properties
.
3
On the
Sharing
tab, click
Change Sharing Options
if exists.
Check the
Share this printer
check box, and then type a name in the
Share
name
text box.
4
Click
Additional Drivers
and select the operating systems of all network
clients that print to the printer.
5
Click
Apply
, and then click
OK
.
To confirm that the printer is properly shared:
• Ensure that the printer object in the
Printers
,
Printers and Faxes
, or
Devices and Printers
folder is shared. The shared icon is shown under the
printer icon.
•Browse
Network
or
My Network Places
. Find the host name of the server
and the shared name you assigned to the printer.
Now that the printer is shared, you can install the printer on network clients
using the point and print method or the peer-to-peer method.
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers 113
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Point and Print
Point and Print is a Microsoft Windows technology that allows you to connect to
a remote printer. This feature automatically downloads and installs the printer
driver.
Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, or Windows Server
2003 x64 Edition
1
On the Windows desktop of the client computer, double-click
My Network
Places
.
2
Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host
name.
3
Right-click the shared printer name, and then click
Connect
.
4
Wait for the driver information to be copied from the server computer to the
client computer, and for a new printer object to be added to the
Printers and
Faxes
folder. The copy time varies, based on network traffic and other
factors.
5
Close
My Network Places
.
114 Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
6
Print a test page to verify installation.
a
Click
start
Printers and Faxes
.
b
Select the printer you just created.
c
Click
File
Properties
.
d
On the
General
tab, click
Print Test Page
.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1
On the Windows desktop of the client computer, click
Start
Network
.
2
Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host
name.
3
Right-click the shared printer name, and then click
Connect
.
4
Click
Install driver
.
5
Click
Continue
in the
User Account Control
dialog box.
6
Wait for the driver information to be copied from the server computer to the
client computer, and for a new printer object to be added to the Printers
folder. The time this takes varies, based on network traffic and other factors.
7
Print a test page to verify installation.
a
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
.
b
Select
Printers
.
c
Right-click the printer you just created and click
Properties
.
d
On the
General
tab, click
Print Test Page
.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
1
On the Windows desktop of the client computer, click
Start
Network
.
2
Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host
name.
3
Right-click the shared printer name, and then click
Connect
.
4
Click
Install driver
.
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers 115
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
5
Wait for the driver information to be copied from the server computer to the
client computer, and for a new printer object to be added to the
Printers
folder. The time this takes varies, based on network traffic and other factors.
6
Print a test page to verify installation.
a
Click
Start
Control Panel
.
b
Select
Printers
.
c
Right-click the printer you just created and select
Properties
.
d
On the
General
tab, click
Print Test Page
.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server 2008 R2
1
On the Windows desktop of the client computer, click
Start
your user
name
Network
(
Start
Network
for Windows Server 2008 R2).
2
Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host
name.
3
Right-click the shared printer name, and then click
Connect
.
4
Click
Install driver
.
5
Wait for the driver information to be copied from the server computer to the
client computer, and for a new printer object to be added to the
Devices and
Printers
folder. The time this takes varies, based on network traffic and other
factors.
6
Print a test page to verify installation.
a
Click
Start
Devices and Printers
.
b
Right-click the printer you just created and select
Printer properties
.
c
On the
General
tab, click
Print Test Page
.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Peer-to-Peer
If you use the peer-to-peer method, the printer driver is fully installed on each
client computer. Network clients retain control of driver modifications. The
client computer handles the print job processing.
116 Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, or Windows Server
2003 x64 Edition
1
Click
start
Printers and Faxes
.
2
Click
Add a Printer
.
3
Click
Next
.
4
Select
A network printer, or a printer attached to another computer
, and
then click
Next
. If the printer is not listed, type the path to the printer in the
text box.
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on
the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server
installation process.
5
Click
Browse for a printer
, and then click
Next
.
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If no
system driver is available, you need to specify the path to available drivers.
6
Select
Ye s
if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then
click
Next
.
If you want to verify installation, click
Yes
to print a test page.
7
Click
Finish
.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
For example:\\<server host name>\<shared printer name>
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers 117
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
.
2
Click
Add a Printer
to launch the
Add Printer
wizard.
3
Select
Add a network
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer
, and then click
Next
.
If the printer is listed, select the printer and click
Next
, or select
The printer
that I want isn't listed
and type in the path of the printer in the
Select a
shared printer by name
text box and click
Next
.
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on
the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server
installation process.
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If no
system driver is available, you need to specify the path to available drivers.
4
Select
Ye s
if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then
click
Next
.
5
If you want to verify installation, click
Print a test page
.
6
Click
Finish
.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
Printers
.
118 Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
2
Click
Add a Printer
.
3
Select
Add a network
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer
, and then click
Next
.
If the printer is listed, select the printer and click
Next
, or select
The printer
that I want isn't listed
and type the path to the printer in the
Select a shared
printer by name
text box and click
Next
.
For example:
\\<server host name>\<shared printer
name>
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on
the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server
installation process.
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If no
system driver is available, then you will need to provide a path to available
drivers.
4
Select
Ye s
if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then
click
Next
.
5
Click
Print a test page
if you want to verify installation.
6
Click
Finish
.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server 2008 R2
1
Click
Start
Devices and Printers
.
2
Click
Add a Printer
.
3
Select
Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer
. If the printer is listed,
select the printer and click
Next
, or select
The printer that I want isn't
listed
. Click
Select a shared printer by name
and type in the path of the
printer in the text box, and then click
Next
.
For example:
\\<server host name>\<shared printer
name>
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it to
the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server
installation process.
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers 119
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If no
system driver is available, then you will need to provide the path to the
available driver.
4
Confirm the printer name, and then click
Next
.
5
Select
Ye s
if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then
click
Next
.
6
Click
Print a test page
if you want to verify installation.
7
Click
Finish
.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
120 Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers 121
11
Installing Printer Drivers on the
Macintosh Computers
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
Installing the Drivers and Software
1
Run the
Drivers and Utilities
CD on the Macintosh computer.
2
Double-click the
Dell 2150 Installer
icon, and then click
Continue
.
3
When the popup dialog box prompts you for confirming the program
included in the installation package, click
Continue
.
4
Click
Continue
on the
Welcome
screen.
5
After reading the Software License Agreement,
click
Continue
.
6
If you agree to the terms of the Software License Agreement, click
Agree
to
continue the installation process.
7
Click
Install
to perform the standard installation.
If you want to select a custom installation, click
Customize
to select items
that you want to install.
• Dell 2150 Color Printer Driver
• Dell Printer Status Monitor
8
Type the administrator's name and password, and then click
OK
.
9
When the
Install Succeeded
screen appears, click
Close
to complete
installation.
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.5 or 10.6
When Using a USB connection
1
Turn on the printer.
2
Connect the USB cable between the printer and the Macintosh computer.
122 Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section11.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
The printer is automatically added to your Macintosh computer.
When Using IP Printing
1
Turn on the printer.
2
Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
3
Open the
System Preferences,
and click
Print & Fax
.
4
Click the Plus (+) sign, and click
IP
.
5
Select
Line Printer Daemon - LPD
for
Protocol
.
6
Type the IP address for the printer in the
Address
area.
7
Select
Dell 2150cn Color Printer
for
Print Using
.
NOTE: When printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is
displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.
8
Click
Add
.
9
Specify the options that have been installed on the printer, and then click
Continue
.
10
Confirm that the printer is displayed in the
Print & Fax
dialog box.
When Using Bonjour
1
Turn on the printer.
2
Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
3
Open the
System Preferences,
and click
Print & Fax
.
4
Click the Plus (+) sign, and click
Default
.
5
Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the
Printer Name
list.
Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers 123
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section11.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
6
Name
and
Print Using
are automatically entered.
7
Click
Add
.
8
Specify the options that have been installed on the printer, and then click
Continue
.
9
Confirm that the printer is displayed in the
Print & Fax
dialog box.
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.4.11
When Using a USB Connection
1
Turn on the printer.
2
Connect the USB cable between the printer and the Macintosh computer.
3
Start
Printer Setup Utility
.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in
Applications.
4
Click
Add
.
5
Click
Default Browser
in the
Printer Browser
dialog box.
6
Select the printer connected via USB from the Printer list.
7
Name
and
Print Using
are automatically entered.
8
Click
Add
.
When Using IP Printing
1
Turn on the printer.
2
Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
3
Start
Printer Setup Utility
.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in
Applications.
4
Click
Add
.
5
Click
IP
Printer
in the
Printer Browser
dialog box.
124 Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section11.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
6
Select
Line Printer Daemon - LPD
for
Protocol
.
7
Type the IP address for the printer in the
Address
area.
8
Select
Dell 2150cn Color Printer
for
Print Using
.
NOTE: When printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is
displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.
NOTE: Entry of Location is optional.
9
Click
Add
.
When Using Bonjour
1
Turn on the printer.
2
Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
3
Start the
Printer Setup Utility
.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in
Applications.
4
Click
Add
.
5
Click
Default Browser
in the
Printer Browser
dialog box.
6
Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the
Printer Name
list.
7
Name
and
Print Using
are automatically entered.
8
Click
Add
.
9
Specify the options installed to the printer, and then click
Continue
.
10
Confirm that the printer is displayed on the
Printer
list dialog box.
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.3.9
When Using a USB connection
1
Turn on the printer.
2
Connect the USB cable between the printer and the Macintosh computer.
Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers 125
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section11.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
3
Start
Printer Setup Utility
.
NOTE: You can find
Printer Setup Utility
in the
Utilities folder
in
Applications
.
4
Click
Add
.
5
Select
USB
from the menu.
The
Printer Model
is automatically selected.
6
Click
Add
.
When Using IP Printing
1
Turn on the printer.
2
Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
3
Start
Printer Setup Utility
.
NOTE: You can find
Printer Setup Utility
in the
Utilities folder
in
Applications
.
4
Click
Add
in the
Printer List
dialog box.
5
Select
IP Printing
from the menu.
6
Select
LPD/LPR
for
Printer Type
.
7
Type the IP address for the printer in the
Address
area.
8
Select
Dell
for
Printer Model
, and select
Dell 2150cn Color Printer
.
NOTE: When printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is
displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.
9
Click
Add
.
When Using Rendezvous (Bonjour)
1
Turn on the printer.
2
Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
126 Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section11.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
3
Start
Printer Setup Utility
.
NOTE: You can find
Printer Setup Utility
in the
Utilities folder
in
Applications
.
4
Click
Add
in the
Printer List
dialog box.
5
Select
Rendezvous
from the menu.
6
Select
Dell
for
Printer Model
, and select
Dell 2150cn Color Printer
.
7
Click
Add
.
Configuring Settings
All the optional accessories are verified as installed
.
Mac OS X 10.5 or 10.6
1
Open the
System Preferences
,
and click
Print & Fax
.
2
Select the printer in the
Printer Name
list, and click
Options & Supplies
.
3
Select
Driver
, and select the options that have been installed in the printer,
and then click
OK
.
Mac OS X 10.3.9 or 10.4.11
1
Start
Printer Setup Utility
.
2
Select the printer in the
Printer List
dialog box, and click
Show Info
.
3
Select
Installable Options
, and select the options that have been installed in
the printer, and then click
Apply Changes
.
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS) 127
12
Installing Printer Drivers on the
Linux Computers (CUPS)
This section provides information for installing or setting up the printer driver
with CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System) on Red Hat®Enterprise Linux®
4 WS/5 Client or SUSE® Linux Enterprise Desktop 10/11.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
Operation on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5
Client
Setup Overview
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5 Client:
1
Install the printer driver.
2
Set up the print queue.
3
Specify the default queue.
4
Specify the printing options.
Installing the Printer Driver
NOTICE: Before you install the printer driver on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4,
confirm that Update 5 or higher is applied to your operating system. Consult your
Linux distributor for the upgrade of your system.
1
Double-click
Dell-2150-Color-Printer-x.x-x.i686.rpm
in the
Drivers and
Utilities
CD.
2
Type the administrator password.
3
Click
Continue
in the
Completed System Preparation
window.
Installation starts. When the installation is complete, the window is
automatically closed.
128 Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Setting Up the Queue
To execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.
1
Open the URL "
http://localhost:631
" using a web browser.
2
Click
Administration
.
3
Type
root
as the user name, and type the administrator password.
4
Click
Add Printer.
Type the name of the printer in the
Name
box in the
Add New Printer
window, and click
Continue
.
You can optionally specify the location and description of the printer for
further information.
For network connections:
a
Select
LPD/LPR Host or Printer
from the
Device
menu, and click
Continue
.
b
Type the IP address of the printer in
Device URI.
c
Format:
lpd://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
(the IP address of the printer)
For USB connections with
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS
:
a
Select
USB Printer #1
from the
Device
menu.
For USB connections with
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Client:
a
Select
Dell 2150cn Color Laser USB #1
or
Dell 2150cn Color Laser
from the
Device
menu.
5
Select
Dell
from the
Make
menu, and click
Continue
.
6
Select
Dell 2150cn Color Printer
from the
Model
menu, and click
Continue
.
The message
Printer xxx has been added successfully.
appears.
The setup is complete.
Printing From the Applications
When you have finished setting up the queue you can print jobs from the
applications. Start the print job from the application, and specify the queue in
the print dialog box.
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS) 129
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
However, sometimes you can print only from the default queue depending on
the application (for example Mozilla). In these cases, before you start printing,
set queue you want to print to as the default queue. For information on
specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default Queue."
Setting the Default Queue
1
Select
Applications
System Tools
Terminal
.
2
Type the following command in the terminal window.
Specifying the Printing Options
You can specify the printing options such as color mode or double-sided
printing.
1
Open the URL "
http://localhost:631
" using a web browser.
2
Click
Manage Printers
.
3
Click
Configure Printer
of the queue for which you want to specify the
printing options.
4
Type
root
as the user name, and type the administrator password.
5
Specify the required settings, and click
Continue
.
The message
Printer xxx has been configured successfully.
appears.
The setting is complete.
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
1
Select
Applications
System Tools
Terminal
.
2
Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print
queue.
su
(Type the administrator password)
lpadmin -d (Type the queue name)
130 Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
3
Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.
4
Type the following command in the terminal window.
The printer driver is uninstalled.
Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10
Setup Overview
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10:
1
Install the printer driver.
2
Set up the print queue.
3
Specify the default queue.
4
Specify the printing options.
Installing the Printer Driver
1
Double-click
Dell-2150-Color-Printer-x.x-x.i686.rpm
in the
Drivers and
Utilities
CD.
2
Type the administrator password, and click
Install
.
Installation starts. When the installation is complete, the window is
automatically closed.
su
(Type the administrator password)
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the print queue name)
su
(Type the administrator password)
rpm -e Dell-2150cn-Color-Printer
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS) 131
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Setting Up the Queue
To execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.
1
Select
Computer
More Applications...
and select
YaST
on the
Application Browser.
2
Type the administrator password.
YaST Control Center
is activated.
3
Select
Hardware
on
YaST Control Center
, and select
Printer
.
4
Printer setup: Autodetected printers
is activated.
For network connections:
a
Click
Add
.
b
Select
Network Printers
as
Printer Type
, and click
Next
.
c
Select the
Print via LPD-Style Network Server
as
Printer Type
, and
click
Next
.
d
Type the IP address of the printer in
Host name of the printer server
.
e
Type the name of the printer queue in
Name of the remote queue
, and
click
Next
.
f
Type the printer name in
Name for printing
.
NOTE: The Description of Printer and Location of Printer do not have to
be specified.
g
Select the
Do Local Filtering
check box, and click
Next
.
h
Select
DELL
as
Select manufacturer
. Select
2150cn Color Laser
as
Select Model
, and click
Next
.
i
Confirm the settings in
Edit configuration
, and click
OK
.
For USB connections:
a
Select
Dell 2150cn Color Printer on USB
(//Dell/2150cn%20Color%20Printer or /dev/usblp*)
as
Available
are
, and click
Configure…
.
b
Confirm the settings in
Edit configuration
, and click
OK
.
5
Click
Finish
.
132 Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Printing From the Applications
When you have finished setting up the queue you can print jobs from the
applications. Start the print job from the application, and specify the queue in
the print dialog box.
However, sometimes you can print only from the default queue depending on
the application (for example Mozilla). In these cases, before you start printing,
set queue you want to print to as the default queue. For information on
specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default Queue."
Setting the Default Queue
1
To activate the
Printer setup: Autodetected printers
, do the following.
a
Select
Computer
More Applications...
and select
Ya ST
on the
Application Browser.
b
Type the administrator password.
YaST Control Center
is activated.
c
Select
Hardware
on
YaST Control Center
, and select
Printer
.
2
Select the printer you want to set to default on the
Printer Configuration
,
and select
Set default
in
Other button menu
.
3
Click
Finish
.
Specifying the Printing Options
You can specify the printing options such as color mode or double-sided
printing.
1
Open a web browser.
2
Type
http://localhost:631/admin
in
Location
, and press the <Enter> key.
3
Type
root
as the user name, and type the administrator password.
The
CUPS
window appears.
NOTE:
Set the password for authority as the printer administrator before setting the
printer queue. If you have not set it, go to "Setting the Password for Authority as the
Printer Administrator."
4
Click
Manage Printers
.
5
Specify the required settings, and click
Continue
.
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS) 133
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
The message
Printer xxx has been configured successfully.
appears.
The setting is complete. Execute printing from the application.
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator
You must set the password for authority as the printer administrator to do
operations as the printer administrator.
1
Select
Computer

More Applications...
and select
Konsole
on the
Application Browser.
2
Type the following command in the terminal window.
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
1
Select
Computer
More Applications...
and select
Konsole
on the
Application Browser.
2
Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print
queue.
3
Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.
4
Type the following command in the terminal window.
su
(Type the administrator password)
lppasswd -g sys -a root
(Type the password for authority as the printer administrator after the
Enter password prompt.)
(Retype the password for authority as the printer administrator after the
Enter password again prompt.)
su
(Type the administrator password)
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the printer queue name)
134 Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
The printer driver is uninstalled.
Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
Setup Overview
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11:
1
Install the printer driver.
2
Set up the print queue.
3
Specify the default queue.
4 Specify the printing options.
Installing the Printer Driver
1
Double-click
Dell-2150-Color-Printer-x.x-x.i686.rpm
in the
Drivers and
Utilities
CD.
2
Type the administrator password, and click
Continue
.
Installation starts. When the installation is complete, the window is
automatically closed.
Setting Up the Queue
To execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.
1
Select
Computer
More Applications...
,
and
select
YaST
on the
Application Browser.
2
Type the administrator password.
YaST Control Center
is activated.
3
Select
Hardware
on
YaST Control Center
, and select
Printer
.
The
Printer Configurations
dialog box opens.
su
(Type the administrator password)
rpm -e Dell-2150cn-Color-Printer
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS) 135
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
For network connections:
a
Click
Add
.
The
Add New Printer Configuration
dialog box opens.
b
Click
Connection Wizard
.
The
Connection Wizard
dialog box opens.
c
Select
Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol
from
Access Network
Printer or Printserver Box via
.
d
Type the IP address of the printer in
IP Address or Host Name:
.
e
Select
Dell
in the
Select the printer manufacturer:
drop-down menu.
f
Click
OK
.
The
Add New Printer Configuration
dialog box opens.
g
Select
Dell 2150cn Color Printer vx.x
[Dell/Dell_2150cn_Color_Printer.ppd.gz]
from the
Search for
Drivers:
list.
NOTE: You can specify the printer
name in
Set Name:
.
h
Confirm the settings, and click
OK
.
For USB connections:
a
Click
Add
.
The
Add New Printer Configuration
dialog box opens.
The printer name is displayed in the
Determine Connection
list.
b
Select
Dell 2150cn Color Printer vx.x.
[Dell/Dell_2150cn_Color_Printer.ppd.gz]
from the
Search for
Drivers:
list.
NOTE: You can specify the printer name in Set Name:.
Printing From the Applications
When you have finished setting up the queue, you can print jobs from the
applications. Start the print job from the application, and specify the queue in
the print dialog box.
136 Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
However, sometimes you can print only from the default queue depending on
the application (for example Mozilla). In these cases, before you start printing,
set queue you want to print to as the default queue. For information on
specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default Queue."
Setting the Default Queue
You can set the default queue when you add the printer.
1
Select
Computer
More Applications...
,
and select
YaST
on the
Application Browser.
2
Type the administrator password.
YaST Control Center
is activated.
3
Select
Hardware
on
YaST Control Cente
r, and select
Printer
.
The
Printer Configurations
dialog box opens.
4
Click
Edit
.
A dialog box to modify the specified print queue opens.
5
Confirm that the printer you want to set is selected in the
Connection
list.
6
Select the
Default Printer
check box.
7
Confirm the settings, and click
OK
.
Specifying the Printing Options
You can specify the printing options such as color mode or double-sided
printing.
1
Open a web browser.
2
Type
http://localhost:631/admin
in
Location
, and press the <Enter> key.
3
Type
root
as the user name, and type the administrator password.
The
CUPS
window appears.
NOTE:
Set the password for authority as the printer administrator before setting the
printer queue. If you have not set it, go to "Setting the Password for Authority as the
Printer Administrator."
4
Click
Manage Printers
.
5
Specify the required settings, and click
Continue
.
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS) 137
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
The message
Printer xxx has been configured successfully.
appears.
The setting is complete. Execute printing from the application.
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator
You must set the password for authority as the printer administrator to do
operations as the printer administrator.
1
Select
Computer

More Applications...
and select
GNOME Terminal
on
the Application Browser.
2
Type the following command in the terminal window.
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
1
Select
Computer
More Applications...
and select
GNOME Terminal
on
the Application Browser.
2
Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print
queue.
3
Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.
4
Type the following command in the terminal window.
su
(Type the administrator password)
lppasswd -g sys -a root
(Type the password for authority as the printer administrator after the
Enter password prompt.)
(Retype the password for authority as the printer administrator after the
Enter password again prompt.)
su
(Type the administrator password)
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the printer queue name)
138 Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
The printer driver is uninstalled.
su
(Type the administrator password)
rpm -e Dell-2150cn-Color-Printer
139
Using Your Printer
140
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 141
13
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Overview
NOTE: This web tool is not available unless the printer is connected to a network
using a network cable or the wireless printer adapter.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
One of the features of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is E-Mail
Alert Setup, which sends e-mail to you or the key operator when the printer
needs supplies or intervention.
142 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
To fill out printer inventory reports requiring the asset tag number of all the
printers in your area, use the Printer Information feature in the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. Enter the IP address of each printer on the network to
display the asset tag number.
The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool feature also allows you to change
the printer settings and keep track of printing trends. If you are a network
administrator, you can copy the printer settings to one or all printers on the
network using your web browser.
To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, enter the IP address of
your printer in your web browser.
If you do not know the IP address of your printer, print the printer settings report
or display the TCP/IP Settings page, which lists the IP address.
When Using the Operator Panel
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Ensure that
Report/List
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Ensure that
Printer Setting
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The printer settings report is printed.
If the IP address shows
0.0.0.0
(the factory default), an IP address has not
been assigned. To assign one for your printer, see
"
Assigning an IP Address.
"
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box
.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The
Tool Box
opens.
2
Ensure that the
Printer Settings Report
tab is open.
3
Select
TCP/IP Settings
from the list at the left side of the page.
The
TCP/IP Settings
page appears.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 143
If the IP address shows
0.0.0.0
(the factory default), an IP address has not
been assigned. To assign one for your printer, see
"
Assigning an IP Address.
"
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool consists of the following menus:
• Printer Status
• Printer Jobs
• Printer Settings
• Print Server Settings
• Copy Printer Settings
•Print Volume
• Printer Information
• Tray Settings
• E-Mail Alert
• Set Password
• Online Help
• Order Supplies at:
• Contact Dell Support at:
Printer Status
Use the Printer Status menu to get immediate feedback on the printer supply
status. When a toner cartridge is running low, click the order supplies link on the
first screen to order a new toner cartridge.
Printer Jobs
Use the Printer Jobs menu to contain information on the Job List page and
Completed Jobs page.
These pages show the details of the status regarding each protocol or job.
Printer Settings
Use the Printer Settings menu to change the printer settings and to view the
settings in the operator panel remotely.
144 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Print Server Settings
Use the Print Server Settings menu to change the type of printer interface and
the necessary conditions for communications.
Copy Printer Settings
Use the Copy Printer Settings menu to copy the printer settings to another
printer or printers on the network by typing the IP address of each printer.
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.
Print Volume
Use the Print Volume menu to check the history of printing, such as paper
usage, the types of jobs being printed, limit to which users can use the color
mode, and the maximum number of pages they can print.
Printer Information
Use the Printer Information menu to get information on service calls,
inventory reports, or the status of current memory and engine code levels.
Tray Settings
Use the Tray Settings menu to get information about the paper type and size for
each tray.
E-Mail Alert
Use the E-Mail Alert menu to receive e-mail when the printer needs supplies or
intervention. To be notified, type your name or the name of the key operator in
the e-mail list box.
Set Password
Use the Set Password menu to lock the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
with a password so that other users do not inadvertently change the printer
settings that you have selected.
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 145
Online Help
Click Online Help to visit the Dell Support website.
Order Supplies at:
www.dell.com/supplies
Contact Dell Support at:
support.dell.com
Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool
Ensure that you activate JavaScript in your browser before using the Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool.
It is recommended that you configure the environment settings of your web
browser before using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
NOTE: The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool pages may be displayed
unreadable if the pages were configured by the language different from the
language of your web browser.
Setting Up From Web Browser
It is recommended that you configure both the environment settings of your web
browser and the operator panel before using the Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool.
For Internet Explorer® 6.0, Internet Explorer 7.0, Internet Explorer 8.0
Setting Up the Display Language
1
Select
Internet Options
from
Tools
on the menu bar.
2
Select
Languages
in the
General
tab.
3
Specify the display language in order of preference in the
Language
list.
For example:
•
Italian
(
Italy
) [
it-IT
]
•
Spanish
(
Traditional Sort
) [
es-ES tradnl
]
146 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
•
German
(
Germany
) [
de-DE
]
•
French
(
France
) [
fr-FR
]
•
English
(
United States
) [
en-US
]
•
Danish
[
da-DK]
•
Dutch
(
Netherlands
) [
nl-NL
]
•
Norwegian
(
Bokmal
) [
no
]
•
Swedish
[
sv-SE
]
Setting the IP Address of the Printer to Non-Proxy
1
Select
Internet Options
from the
Tools
menu.
2
Click
LAN Settings
under
Local Area Network (LAN) Settings
in the
Connections
tab.
3
Do either of the following:
• Clear the
Use a proxy server for your LAN
check box under
Proxy
server
.
• Click
Advanced
, and then specify the IP address of the printer in the
Do
not use proxy server for addresses beginning with
field under
Exceptions
.
After setting the language and proxy, type <http://nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn/>
(the IP address of the printer) in the URL entry field of the browser to activate
the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
For Firefox 2.0 or Later
Setting Up the Display Language
1
Select
Options
from the
Tools
menu.
2
Click
Advanced
.
3
If you are using Firefox 2.0, click
Choose
in the
General
tab. If you are
using Firefox 3.0, click
Choose
in the
Content
tab.
4
Specify the display language in order of preference in the
Languages in
order of preference
list.enu.
For example:
•
English
[
en
] or
English/United States
[
en-us
]
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 147
•
Italian
[
it
]
•
Spanish
[
es
]
•
German
[
de
]
•
French
[
fr
]
•
Dutch
[
nl
]
•
Norwegian
[
no
]
•
Swedish
[
sv
]
•
Danish
[
da
]
Setting the IP Address of the Printer to Non-Proxy
1
Select
Options
from the
Tools
menu
2
Click
Advanced
tab.
3
Click
Network
on the
Options
dialog box.
4
Click
Connection

Settings
.
5
If you are using Firefox 2.0, do one of the following:
• Select the
Direct connection to the Internet
check box.
• Select the
Auto-detect proxy settings for this network
check box.
• Select the
Manual proxy configuration
check box, and then enter the
IP address of the printer in the
No Proxy
for
edit box.
• Select the
Automatic proxy configuration URL
check box.
If you are using Firefox 3.0, do one of the following:
• Select the
No Proxy
check box, if you do not want to use a proxy.
• Select the
Auto-detect proxy settings for this network
check box.
• Select the
Manual proxy configuration
check box, and then enter a
hostname and a port number if you have a list of one or more proxy
servers. If you have an IP address that does not use a proxy, enter the IP
address of the printer in the
No Proxy for
edit
box.
• Select the
Automatic proxy configuration URL
check box.
After setting the language and proxy, type <http://nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn/>
(the IP address of the printer) in the URL entry field of the browser to activate
the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
148 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Setting Up From Operator Panel
You can launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool only when EWS is
set to Enable (the factory default) on the operator panel. Confirm the operator
panel setting if you cannot launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
For more information, see "Understanding the Printer Menus."
Page Display Format
The layout of the page is divided into three sections listed below:
•Top Frame
• Left Frame
• Right Frame
Top Frame
The top frame is located at the top of all pages. When the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool is activated, the current status and specifications of
the printer are displayed in the top frame on every page.
The following items are displayed in the top frame.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 149
1 Dell 2150cn
Color Printer
Displays the product name of the printer.
2IPv4 Displays the IP address of the printer.
IPv6
3 Location Displays the location of the printer. The location can be changed in
the Basic Information section on the Print Server Settings page.
4 Contact Person Displays the name of the printer administrator. The name can be
changed in the Basic Information section on the Print Server
Settings page.
5 Event Panel Displays the indicator for the condition of the printer.
6 Machine image Shows the bitmap image of the printer. The Printer Status menu
appears in the right frame when you click on the image.
150 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Left Frame
The left frame is located on the left side of all the pages. The menu titles
displayed in the left frame are linked to corresponding menus and pages. You
can go to the corresponding page by clicking their characters.
The following menus are displayed in the left frame.
1Printer Status Links to the Printer Status menu.
2Printer Jobs Links to the Printer Jobs menu.
3 Printer Settings Links to the Printer Settings Report menu.
4 Print Server
Settings
Links to the Print Server Reports menu.
5Copy Printer
Settings
Links to the Copy Printer Settings menu.
6Print Volume Links to the Print Volume menu.
7Printer
Information
Links to the Printer Status menu.
8 Tray Settings Links to the Tray Settings menu.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 151
Right Frame
The right frame is located on the right side of all the pages. The contents of the
right frame correspond to the menu that you select in the left frame. For details
on the items displayed in the right frame, see "Details of the Menu Items."
Buttons in the Right Frame
9 E-Mail Alert Links to the Print Server Settings menu.
10 Set Password Links to the Security menu.
11 Online Help Links to the Dell Support website.
12 Order Supplies at: Links to the Dell web page.
13 Contact Dell
Support at:
Links to the Dell support page web address:
http://support.dell.com/
152 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Changing the Settings of the Menu Items
Some menus allow you to change the printer settings through the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. When you access these menus, the authentication
window appears on the screen. Type a user name and password for the printer
administrator by following the prompts displayed in the dialog box.
The default user name is admin, and the default password is left blank (NULL).
You can change only the password in the Set Password page in the Security
menu. The user name cannot be changed. See "Set Password" for more
information.
Details of the Menu Items
1Refresh Button Receives the current printer configuration and updates the latest
information in the right frame.
2 Apply New
Settings Button
Submits new settings made on the Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool to the printer. The new settings replace the old settings
of the printer.
3Restore
Settings Button
Restores the old settings that existed before any changes were
made. New settings will not be submitted to the printer.
"Printer Status" "Printer Status" "Printer Status"
"Printer Events"
"Printer Information"
"Printer Jobs" "Printer Jobs" "Job List"
"Completed Jobs"
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 153
"Printer
Settings"
"Printer Settings Report" "Menu Settings"
"Reports"
"Printer Settings" "System Settings"
"USB Settings"
"PCL Settings"
"Secure Settings"
"Printer Maintenance" "Paper Density"
"Adjust BTR"
"Adjust Fuser"
"Auto Registration Adjustment"
"Color Registration Adjustments"
"Clean Developer"
"Reset Defaults"
"Initialize PrintMeter"
"Storage"*1
"Non-Dell Toner"
"Adjust Altitude"
"Clock Settings"
"Web Link Customization"
154 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Printer Status
Use the Printer Status menu to check the status of consumables, hardware, and
specifications of the printer.
The following pages are displayed in the Printer Status menu.
"Print Server
Settings"
"Print Server Reports" "Print Server Setup Page"
"E-Mail Alert Setup Page"
"Print Server Settings" "Basic Information"
"Port Settings"
"TCP/IP"
"SMB"
"E-Mail Alert"
"Bonjour (mDNS)"
"SNMP"
"LLTD"
"Wireless LAN"*2
"Reset Print Server"
"Security" "Set Password"
"SSL/TLS"
"IPsec"
"802.1x"*3
"IP Filter (IPv4)"
"Copy Printer
Settings"
"Copy Printer Settings" "Copy Printer Settings"
"Copy Printer Settings Report"
"Print Volume" "Print Volume" "Print Volume"
"Dell ColorTrack"
"Tray Settings" "Tray Settings"
*1 This item is available only when RAM disk is enabled.
*2 This item is available only when the printer is connected using the wireless network.
*3 This item is available only when the printer is connected using LAN cable.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 155
Printer Status
Purpose:
To check the status of the consumables, trays, and covers.
Value s:
Cyan Cartridge Level
Magenta Cartridge Level
Yellow Cartridge Level
Black Cartridge Level
OK Indicates that there is enough amount of toner
for use.
Replace
Soon
Indicates that the toner needs to be replaced
soon.
Replace
Now
Indicates that the toner needs to be replaced
now.
Consumables Status OK Indicates that the status of PHD unit is OK for
use.
Replace
Soon
Indicates that the PHD unit needs to be
replaced soon.
Replace
Now
Indicates that the PHD unit needs to be
replaced now.
Paper Trays Status OK Indicates that there is some paper in the tray
but the quantity is unknown.
Add
Paper
Indicates that there is no paper in the tray.
Paper
Low
Indicates that paper is running low in the tray.
Capacity Displays the maximum capacity of the paper
tray.
Size Displays the size of paper in the tray.
Output Tray Status OK Indicates that the tray is available.
Full Indicates that the tray is not available.
Capacity Displays the maximum capacity of the paper
tray.
Cover Status Closed Indicates that the cover is closed.
Open Indicates that the cover is open.
Printer Type Displays the type of the printer. Color Laser is
displayed normally.
156 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Printer Events
Purpose:
When faults occur, such as Out of Paper or Cover is Open, the details of all
alerts or indications of faults are displayed in the Printer Events page.
Val ues:
Printer Information
Purpose:
To verify the printer details such as the hardware configuration and software
version. This page can also be displayed by clicking on the Printer
Information tab in the left frame.
Val ues:
Printer Jobs
The Printer Jobs menu contains information on the Job List and Completed
Jobs pages. These pages show the details of the status regarding each protocol
or the print jobs.
Printing Speed Displays the printing speed.
Location Displays the location where a fault occurred.
Details Displays the details of the fault.
Dell Service Tag Number Displays Dell service tag number.
Express Service Code Displays Dell express service code.
Asset Tag Number Displays the asset tag number of the printer.
Printer Serial Number Displays the serial number of the printer.
Memory Capacity Displays the memory capacity.
Processor Speed Displays the processing speed.
Printer Revision
Levels
Firmware Version Displays the revision date (revision level).
Network
Firmware Version
Displays the revision date (revision level).
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 157
Job List
Purpose:
To confirm the print jobs that are being processed. Click the Refresh button to
update the screen.
Value s:
Completed Jobs
Purpose:
To check the completed jobs. Up to the last 20 jobs are displayed. Click the
Refresh button to update the screen.
Value s:
ID Displays the job ID.
Job Name
Displays the file name of the job being printed
.
Owner Displays the name of job owner.
Host Name Displays the name of the host computer.
Job Status Displays the status of the job being printed.
Host I/F Displays the status of the host interface.
Job Submitted Time Displays the date when the print job was submitted.
ID Displays the job ID.
Job Name Displays the file name of the job.
Owner Displays the name of job owner.
Host Name Displays the name of the host computer.
Output Result Displays the status of the job.
Impression Number Displays the total number of pages for the job.
No. of Sheets Displays the total number of sheets for the job.
Host I/F Displays the status of the host interface.
Job Submitted Time Displays the date when the job was submitted.
158 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Printer Settings
Use the Printer Settings menu to display the Printer Settings Report, Printer
Settings, and Printer Maintenance tabs and to configure the printer settings.
The following tabbed pages are displayed at the top of the right frame.
Printer Settings Report
The Printer Settings Report tab includes the Menu Settings and Reports
pages.
Menu Settings
Purpose:
To display the current settings of the operator panel menus.
Val ues:
System Settings Power Saver
Time - Sleep
Displays the time taken by the printer to enter
Sleep mode after it finishes a job.
Power Saver
Time - Deep
Sleep
Displays the time taken by the printer to enter
Deep Sleep mode after it has entered Sleep
mode.
Auto Reset Displays the amount of time before the printer
automatically resets the settings on the operator
panel to the defaults when no additional settings
are made.
Fault Time-Out Displays the amount of time the printer waits
before canceling a job that stops abnormally.
Job Time-Out Displays the amount of time the printer waits for
data to arrive from the computer.
Control Panel
Ton e
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when the operator panel input is correct. Off
indicates that the tone is disabled.
Invalid Key Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when the operator panel input is incorrect. Off
indicates that the tone is disabled.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 159
Machine Ready
Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when the printer becomes ready. Off indicates
that the tone is disabled.
Job Completed
Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when a job is complete. Off indicates that the
tone is disabled.
Fault Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when a job ends abnormally. Off indicates that
the tone is disabled.
Alert Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when a problem occurs. Off indicates that the
tone is disabled.
Out of Paper
Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when the printer runs out of paper. Off indicates
that the tone is disabled.
Low Toner Alert
Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when the toner is low. Off indicates that the tone
is disabled.
Auto Clear Alert
Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted 5
seconds before the printer performs auto clear.
Off indicates that the tone is disabled.
All Tones Displays the volume of all the alert tones. Off
indicates that all the tones are disabled.
mm / inch Displays the measurement unit that is used on
the operator panel screen.
Default Paper
Size
Displays the default print paper size.
Auto Log Print Displays whether to automatically print a job
history report after every 20 jobs.
Print ID Displays where to print a user ID on the output
paper.
Print Text Displays whether the printer outputs PDL (Page
Description Language) data (which is not
supported by the printer) as text when the printer
receives it.
Banner Sheet
Insert Position*1
Displays where to insert a banner sheet in the
output paper.
160 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Banner Sheet
Specify Tray*1
Displays the tray to feed a banner sheet.
RAM Disk*2 Displays whether to allocate RAM for the file
system for the Secure Print, and Proof Print
features.
Substitute Tray Displays if paper of another size has to be used
when the paper that is loaded in the specified
tray does not match the paper size setting for the
current job.
Letterhead
Duplex Mode*3
Displays whether to print both sides on
letterhead.
Low Toner Alert
Msg
Displays whether to show the alert message
when the toner is low.
Panel Language Displays the language used on the operator panel
screen.
USB Settings USB Port Displays whether to enable the USB interface.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 161
PCL Settings Paper Tray Displays the paper input tray.
Paper Size Displays the paper size setting.
Custom Size - Y Displays the length of custom size paper.
Custom Size - X Displays the width of custom size paper.
Orientation Displays how text and graphics are oriented on
the page.
Font Displays the selected font from the list of
registered fonts.
Symbol Set Displays a symbol set for the specified font.
Font Size Displays the font size for scalable typographic
fonts.
Font Pitch Displays the font pitch for scalable mono spaced
fonts.
Form Line Displays the number of lines in a page.
Quantity Displays the number of copies to print.
Image
Enhancement
Displays whether to enable the Image
Enhancement feature.
Hex Dump Displays whether to enable the Hex Dump
feature.
Draft Mode Displays whether to print in the draft mode.
Line Termination Displays whether to set the line termination.
Default Color Displays the color mode setting.
Secure Settings Panel Lock Set Displays whether to lock Admin Menu with a
password.
Set Available
Time
Displays whether to set the available time for the
Print service.
Start Time Displays the start time of the available time for
the Print service.
End Time Displays the end time of the available time for
the Print service.
Recurrence Displays the day of the week to repeat the
setting.
Login Error -
Attempts
Displays how many times an administrator can
attempt to log in to Panel Lock.
162 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Paper Density Plain Displays the paper density of plain paper.
Label Displays the paper density of labels.
Adjust BTR Plain Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for plain paper.
Plain Thick Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for thick plain paper.
Covers Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for cover paper.
Covers Thick Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for thick cover paper.
Label Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for labels.
Coated Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for coated paper.
Coated Thick Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for thick coated paper.
Envelope Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for envelopes.
Recycled Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for recycled paper.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 163
Adjust Fuser Plain Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for plain paper.
Plain Thick Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for thick plain paper.
Covers Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for cover paper.
Covers Thick Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for thick cover paper.
Label Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for labels.
Coated Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for coated paper.
Coated Thick Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for thick coated paper.
Envelope Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for envelopes.
Recycled Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for recycled paper.
Auto Registration Adjustment Displays whether to automatically perform color
registration adjustment.
Adjust Altitude Displays the altitude of the location where the
printer is installed.
Non-Dell Toner Displays whether to use toner cartridge of
another manufacturer.
Clock Settings Date Format Displays the default date format.
Time Format Displays the default time format; 24H or 12H.
Time Zone Displays the default time zone.
Set Date Displays the date setting.
Set Time Displays the time setting.
164 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Web Link
Customization
Select Reorder
URL
Displays a link used for ordering consumables,
which can be accessed from Order Supplies at:
in the left frame.
Regular Displays the regular URL
(http://accessories.us.dell.com/sna) that can be
linked to Order Supplies at:.
Premier Displays the premier URL
(http://premier.dell.com) that can be linked to
Order Supplies at:.
Dell ColorTrack ColorTrack
Mode
Displays whether to enable the ColorTrack.
No Account User
Print
Displays whether to permit the printing of data
without authentication information.
ColorTrack
Error Report
Displays whether to print the error report on the
ColorTrack mode.
Tray Settings Tray 1 Paper Size Displays the paper size setting of the standard
250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Paper
Type
Displays the paper type setting of the standard
250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Custom
Size - Y
Displays the length of custom size paper loaded
in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Custom
Size - X
Displays the width of custom size paper loaded
in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Display
Popup
Displays whether to show a popup menu that
prompts the user to set the paper size and type
when the paper is loaded in the standard 250-
sheet tray.
Tray 2 Paper
Size*4
Displays the paper size setting of the optional
250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Paper
Type*4
Displays the paper type setting of the optional
250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Display
Popup*4
Displays whether to show a popup menu that
prompts the user to set the paper size and type
when the paper is loaded in the optional 250-
sheet feeder.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 165
Reports
Purpose:
To print various types of reports and lists.
Value s:
Printer Settings
The Printer Settings tab includes System Settings, USB Settings, PCL
Settings, and Secure Settings pages.
System Settings
Purpose:
To configure the basic printer settings.
Value s:
*1 This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed to Dell
2150cdn Color Printer.
*2 This item is available only when the optional 512 MB memory module is installed.
*3 This item is available only for Dell 2150cdn Color Printer.
*4 This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
Printer Settings Click the Start button to print the Printer Settings page.
Panel Settings Click the Start button to print the Panel Settings page.
PCL Fonts List Click the Start button to print the PCL (Hewlett-Packard
Printer Control Language) Fonts List.
PCL Macro List Click the Start button to print the PCL Macro List.
Job History Click the Start button to print the Job History report.
Error History Click the Start button to print the Error History report.
Print Meter Click the Start button to print the Print Meter report.
Color Test Page Click the Start button to print the Color Test Page.
Stored Documents*1 Click the Start button to print the Stored Documents list.
*1 This item is available only when RAM disk is enabled
166 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Power Saver Time - Sleep Sets the time taken by the printer to enter Sleep
mode after it finishes a job.
Power Saver Time - Deep Sleep Sets the time taken by the printer to enter Deep
Sleep mode after it has entered Sleep mode.
Auto Reset Sets the amount of time before the printer
automatically resets the settings on the operator
panel to the defaults when no additional settings are
made.
Fault Time-Out Sets the amount of time the printer waits before
canceling a job that stops abnormally.
Job Time-Out Sets the amount of time the printer waits for data to
arrive from the computer.
Control Panel Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
operator panel input is correct, or disables the tone.
Invalid Key Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
operator panel input is incorrect, or disables the
tone.
Machine Ready Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
printer becomes ready, or disables the tone.
Job Completed Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a
job is complete, or disables the tone.
Fault Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a
job ends abnormally, or disables the tone.
Alert Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a
problem occurs, or disables the tone.
Out of Paper Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
printer runs out of paper, or disables the tone.
Low Toner Alert Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
toner is low, or disables the tone.
Auto Clear Alert Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted 5 seconds
before the printer performs auto clear, or disables
the tone.
All Tones Sets the volume of all the alert tones, or disables all
the tones.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 167
USB Settings
Purpose:
To change USB settings on your printer.
Value s:
PCL Settings
Purpose:
mm / inch Sets the measurement unit to be used on the
operator panel screen as either mm or inches.
Default Paper Size Sets the default print paper size.
Auto Log Print Specifies if a job history needs to be printed after
every 20 jobs.
Print ID Sets where to print the user ID on the output paper.
Print Text Sets whether the printer outputs PDL data (which is
not supported by the printer) as text when the
printer receives it.
Banner Sheet Insert Position*1 Sets where to insert a banner sheet in the output.
Banner Sheet Specify Tray*1 Sets from which tray a banner sheet is fed.
RAM Disk*2 Sets whether to allocate RAM for the file system for
the Secure Print and Store Print features.
Substitute Tray Sets whether to use another size paper when the
paper that is loaded in the specified tray does not
match the paper size settings for the current job.
Letterhead Duplex Mode*3 Sets whether to print on both sides of letterhead.
Low Toner Alert Msg Alerts you if the toner is low.
Panel Language Used to set the language on the operator panel.
*1 This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed to Dell
2150cdn Color Printer.
*2 This item is available only when the optional 512 MB memory module is installed.
*3 This item is available only for Dell 2150cdn Color Printer.
USB Port Enables USB interface on your printer.
168 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
To change the PCL settings.
Val ues:
Secure Settings
Panel Lock
Purpose:
To set a limited access to Admin Menu with a password, and to set or change
the password.
Paper Tray Sets the paper input tray.
Paper Size Sets the paper size.
Custom Size - Y Sets the length of custom size paper. The available range is from 127
mm (5.0 inch) to 355 mm (14.0 inch).
Custom Size - X Sets the width of custom size paper. The available range is from 77
mm (3.0 inch) to 215 mm (8.5 inch).
Orientation Sets how text and graphics are oriented on the page.
Font Sets the font from the list of registered fonts.
Symbol Set Sets a symbol set for the specified font.
Font Size Sets the font size for scalable typographic fonts.
Font Pitch Sets the font pitch for scalable mono spaced fonts.
Form Line Sets the number of lines in a page.
Quantity Sets the number of copies to print.
Image
Enhancement
Sets whether to enable the Image Enhancement feature.
Hex Dump Sets whether to help isolate the source of a print job problem. With
Hex Dump selected, all data sent to the printer is printed in
hexadecimal and character representation. Control codes are not
executed.
Draft Mode Sets whether to print in the draft mode.
Line
Termination
Sets how to handle line terminations.
Default Color Sets the print color mode as Color or Black. This setting is used for
print jobs without a specified color print mode.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 169
Set the password of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool from Set
Password in Print Server Settings.
Value s:
NOTE: This menu sets a password to lock the operator panel. When you change
the password for the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, click Set Password
on the left frame and set the password.
Login Error
Purpose:
To specify how many times an administrator can attempt to log in to Panel
Lock.
Value s:
Set Available Time
Purpose:
To specify the time to enable the secure setting for the Print service.
Value s:
Panel Lock Set Enables/Disables password protection for the Admin Menu.
New Password Sets a password that is required to access the Admin Menu.
Re-enter Password Confirms the set password.
Login Attempts Displays how many times an administrator can attempt to log in to
Panel Lock.
Set Available Time Allows you to set the available time period for the Print service.
Start Time Sets the start time of the available time period for the Print
service.
End Time Sets the end time of the available time period the Print service.
Recurrence Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.
170 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Secure Job Expiration
NOTE: Secure Job Expiration feature is available only when the optional 512 MB
memory module is installed.
Purpose:
To specify the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM
disk.
Val ues:
Printer Maintenance
The Printer Maintenance tab includes the Paper Density, Adjust BTR,
Adjust Fuser, Auto Registration Adjustment, Color Registration
Adjustments, Clean Developer, Reset Defaults, Initialize PrintMeter,
Storage, Non-Dell Toner, Adjust Altitude, Clock Settings, and Web Link
Customization pages.
Paper Density
Purpose:
To specify the paper density.
Val ues:
Expiration Mode Allows you to set the date to delete the files stored as Secure Print in
the optional 512 MB memory module.
Expiration Time Sets the time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the optional
512 MB memory module.
Recurrence Sets the period to repeat the setting.
Weekly Settings Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.
Monthly Settings Sets the day of the month to repeat the setting.
Plain Sets the density of plain paper to Light or Normal.
Label Sets the density of labels to Light or Normal.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 171
Adjust BTR
Purpose:
To specify the reference voltage settings for the transfer roller.
Value s:
Adjust Fuser
Purpose:
To specify the temperature settings value for the fuser.
Value s:
Plain Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for plain paper
within the range of -6 to 6.
Plain Thick Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for thick plain
paper within the range of -6 to 6.
Covers Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for cover paper
within the range of -6 to 6.
Covers Thick Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for thick cover
paper within the range of -6 to 6.
Label Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for labels
within the range of -6 to 6.
Coated Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for coated paper
within the range of -6 to 6.
Coated Thick Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for thick coated
paper within the range of -6 to 6.
Envelope Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for envelopes
within the range of -6 to 6.
Recycled Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for recycled
paper within the range of -6 to 6.
Plain Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for plain paper within the
range of -2 to 2.
Plain Thick Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for thick plain paper within
the range of -2 to 2.
172 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Auto Registration Adjustment
Purpose:
To specify whether to automatically perform color registration adjustment.
Color Registration Adjustments
Purpose:
To specify whether to manually perform color registration adjustment.
Manual Color Registration Adjustments are required such as when the printer is
initially installed and after the printer is moved.
NOTE: The Color Registration Adjustments feature can be configured when
Auto Registration Adjustment is set to Off.
Val ues:
Covers Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for cover paper within the
range of -2 to 2.
Covers Thick Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for thick cover paper within
the range of -2 to 2.
Label Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for labels within the range
of -2 to 2.
Coated Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for coated paper within the
range of -2 to 2.
Coated Thick Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for thick coated paper
within the range of -2 to 2.
Envelope Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for envelopes within the
range of -2 to 2.
Recycled Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for recycled paper within
the range of -2 to 2.
Auto Correct Click the Start button to automatically perform color registration
correction.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 173
Clean Developer
Purpose:
To clean each toner cartridge or PHD unit, or to stir the toner in a new toner
cartridge.
Value s:
Reset Defaults
Purpose:
To initialize wired network data stored in non-volatile memory (NVM). After
executing this function and rebooting the printer, all wired network settings are
reset to their default values.
Color Regi
Chart
Click the Start button to print a color registration chart. The color
registration chart prints a lattice pattern of yellow, magenta, and cyan
lines. On the chart, look at the values on the right side that are next to
the line that is perfectly straight for each of the three colors. If the
value for the this line is 0, color registration adjustment is not
required. If the value for this line is any value other than 0, specify the
adjustment values under Color Registration Adjustments.
Color
Registration
Adjustments
Sets lateral (perpendicular to paper feed direction) and process (paper
feed direction) color adjustment values individually for Yellow,
Magenta, and Cyan within the range of -9 to 9.
Clean Developer Stirs the toner in a new toner cartridge.
Yellow Toner Refresh Cleans the toner in the yellow toner cartridge.
Magenta Toner Refresh Cleans the toner in the magenta toner cartridge.
Cyan Toner Refresh Cleans the toner in the cyan toner cartridge.
Black Toner Refresh Cleans the toner in the black toner cartridge.
Drum Refresh Cleans the surface of the PHD unit.
Reset Defaults and restart printer. Click the Start button to reset the system
parameters.
174 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Initialize PrintMeter
Purpose:
To initialize the print meter of the printer. When the print meter is initialized, the
meter count is reset to 0.
Storage
NOTE: Storage feature is available only when the optional 512 MB memory
module is installed.
Purpose:
To clear all files stored in the optional 512 MB memory module.
Val ues:
Non-Dell Toner
Purpose:
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
NOTICE: Using a non-Dell toner cartridge may severely damage your printer.
The warranty does not cover damages caused by using non-Dell toner cartridges.
Adjust Altitude
Purpose:
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with
barometric pressure. Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the
location where the printer is being used.
Clear Storage All Clear Click the Start button to clear all files stored as Secure
Print and Proof Print in the optional 512 MB memory
module.
Secure
Document
Click the Start button to clear all files stored as Secure
Print in the optional 512 MB memory module.
Stored
Document
Click the Start button to clear all files stored in the
optional 512 MB memory module.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 175
Clock Settings
Purpose:
To specify the clock settings.
Value s:
Web Link Customization
Purpose:
To specify a link used for ordering consumables, which can be accessed from
Order Supplies at: in the left frame.
Value s:
Print Server Settings
Use the Print Server Settings menu to set the type of printer interface and the
necessary conditions for communication.
The following tabbed pages are displayed in the top of the right frame.
Print Server Reports
The Print Server Reports tab includes the Print Server Setup Page and the E-
Mail Alert Setup Page.
Date Format Sets the date format; yy/mm/dd, mm/dd/yy, or dd/mm/yy.
Time Format Sets the time format; 24H or 12H.
Time Zone Sets the time zone.
Set Date Sets the current date.
Set Time Sets the current time.
Select Reorder
URL
Sets a URL to be linked to Order Supplies at:
Regular Displays the regular URL (http://accessories.us.dell.com/sna) that
can be linked to Order Supplies at:.
Premier Displays the premier URL (http://premier.dell.com) that can be
linked to Order Supplies at:.
176 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Print Server Setup Page
Purpose:
To verify the current settings of TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet
Protocol) protocol and printing ports. On this page, you can only verify the
settings of items. If you want to change the settings, go to the pages in the Print
Server Settings tab.
Val ues:
Ethernet*1 Ethernet
Settings
Displays the current settings of Ethernet
transmission rate and the duplex settings.
Current
Ethernet
Settings
Displays the current Ethernet settings.
MAC Address Displays the Media Access Control Address
(MAC) address of the printer.
Wireless
Settings*2
SSID Displays the MAC address of the printer.
Network Type Displays the name that identifies the network.
MAC Address Displays the network type from either the Ad-Hoc
or Infrastructure mode.
Link Channel Displays the MAC address of the wireless printer
adapter.
Link Quality Displays the channel number of the connection.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 177
TCP/IP
Settings
IP Mode Displays the IP mode.
Host Name Displays the host name.
IPv4*3 IP Address Mode Displays the IP address mode.
IP Address Displays the IP address.
Subnet Mask Displays the subnet mask.
Gateway
Address
Displays the gateway address.
IPv6*4 Enable Stateless
Address
Displays whether to enable the
stateless address.
Use Manual
Address
Displays whether to set the IP
address manually.
Manual
Address*5
Displays the IP address.
Stateless Address
1-3*6
Displays the stateless
addresses.
Link Local
Address*6
Displays the link local address.
Manual Gateway
Address*5
Displays the gateway address.
Auto Configure
Gateway
Address*6
Displays the gateway address.
178 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
DNS IPv4*3 Get DNS Server
Address from
DHCP
Displays whether to
automatically set the DNS
server address via DHCP.
Current DNS
Server Address
Displays the current DNS
server address.
IPv6*4 Get DNS Server
Address from
DHCPv6-lite
Displays if the printer receives
the DNS server address
automatically from the
DHCPv6-lite server.
Current DNS
Server Address
Displays the current DNS
server address.
Priority to IPv6
DNS Name
Resolution*7
Displays whether to use the
DNS Name Resolution feature.
WINS WINS Mode Displays whether to automatically set the primary
and secondary WINS server addresses via DHCP.
WINS Primary
Server
Displays the primary WINS server address.
WINS
Secondary
Server
Displays the secondary WINS server address.
LPD Port Status Displays the port status of the Line Printer Daemon
(LPD) protocol.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
Port9100 Port Status Displays the port status.
Port Number Displays the port number.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 179
IPP Port Status Displays the port status.
Printer URI Displays the printer URI.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
Port Number Displays the port number.
Maximum
Sessions
Displays the maximum number of connections
received simultaneously by the client.
WSD Port Status Displays the WSD port status.
Port Number Displays the WSD port number.
Receive Time-
Out
Displays the receive time-out period.
Notification
Time-Out
Displays the notification time-out period.
Maximum
Number of TTL
Displays the maximum number of TTLs.
Maximum
Number of
Notification
Displays the maximum number of notifications.
HTTP Port Status Displays the port status.
Port Number Displays the port number.
Simultaneous
Connections
Displays the maximum number of simultaneous
connections.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
180 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
SMB Port Status Displays the port status.
Host Name Displays the host name.
Workgroup Displays the workgroup.
Maximum
Sessions
Displays the maximum number of sessions.
Unicode
Support
Displays whether to notify the host name and
workgroup name in Unicode characters during
SMB transmission.
Auto Master
Mode
Displays whether to enable the Auto Master Mode.
Encrypt
Password
Displays whether to encrypt the password during
SMB transmission.
Job Time-Out Displays the job time-out period.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
Bonjour
(mDNS)
Port Status Displays the port status.
Host Name Displays the host name.
Printer Name Displays the printer name.
Telnet Po rt Statu s Displays the port status.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
SNMP Port Status Displays the port status.
Enable SNMP
v1/v2c Protocol
Displays the status of the SNMP v1/v2c feature.
Enable SNMP
v3 Protocol
Displays the status of the SNMP v3 feature.
LLTD Port Status Displays the port status.
SSL/TLS HTTP -
SSL/TLS
Communication
Displays the status of the HTTP - SSL/TLS
Communication.
HTTP -
SSL/TLS
Communication
Port Number
Displays HTTP - SSL/TLS Communication Port
Number.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 181
E-Mail Alert Setup Page
Purpose:
To verify the current settings of SMTP/POP (Simple Mail Transfer
Protocol/Post Office Protocol) used for the e-mail feature and E-Mail Alerts
feature. In this page, you can only verify the settings of items. If you want to
change the settings, go to the pages in the Print Server Settings tab.
Value s:
IPsec Settings Protocol Displays the protocol status.
IKE Displays IKE authentication.
802.1x*1 Enable IEEE
802.1x
Displays the status of IEEE 802.1x.
Authentication
Method
Displays the setting of authentication method for
IEEE 802.1x.
IP Filter
(IPv4)*8
Access List Displays the list of IP addresses that are permitted
or denied access to the printer.
*1 This item is available only when the printer is connected using LAN cable.
*2 This item is available only when the printer is connected using the wireless network
*3 This item is displayed when IPv4 Mode is selected.
*4 This item is displayed when IPv6 Mode is selected.
*5 This item is displayed only when Use Manual Address is set to Enable.
*6 This item is displayed only when an IP address has been assigned.
*7 This item is available only when using IPv6 dual mode.
*8 This item is available only for LPD or Port9100.
182 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
E-Mail Server
Settings
Port Status Displays the port status.
Primary SMTP
Gateway
Displays the primary SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer
Protocol) gateway.
SMTP Port
Number
Displays the SMTP port number.
E-Mail Send
Authentication
Displays the authentication method for outgoing e-
mail.
POP3 Server
Address
Displays the POP3 (Post Office Protocol 3) server
address.
POP3 Port
Number
Displays the POP3 port number.
Reply Address Displays the IP address of servers connected with
SMTP protocol when data is incoming.
SMTP Server
Connection
Displays the status of the SMTP server connection.
E-Mail Alert
Settings
E-Mail List 1 Displays the acceptable e-mail
addresses for the E-Mail Alert
feature specified in E-Mail List
1.
Select Alerts
for List 1
Supplies Alerts Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for consumables.
Paper Handling
Alerts
Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for paper handling.
Service Call Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for service calls.
E-Mail List 2 Displays the acceptable e-mail
addresses for the E-Mail Alert
feature specified in E-Mail List
2.
Select Alerts
for List 2
Supplies Alerts Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for consumables.
Paper Handling
Alerts
Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for paper handling.
Service Call Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for service calls.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 183
Print Server Settings
The Print Server Settings tab includes the Basic Information, Port Settings,
TCP/IP, SMB, E-Mail Alert, Bonjour (mDNS), SNMP, LLTD, Wireless
LAN, and Reset Print Server pages.
Basic Information
Purpose:
To configure the basic information of the printer.
Value s:
NOTE: The Auto Refresh feature is effective for the contents of the top frame,
Printer Status page, Job List page, and Completed Jobs page.
Port Settings
Purpose:
To enable or disable printing ports and management protocol features.
Value s:
System Settings Printer Name Sets the name of the printer.
Location Sets the location of the printer.
Contact Person Sets the contact name, number, and other
information of the printer administrator and service
center.
Administrator
E-Mail Address
Sets the contact address of the printer administrator
and service center.
Asset Tag
Number
Enters the asset tag number for the printer.
EWS Settings Auto Refresh Automatically refreshes the contents of the status
display pages.
Auto Refresh
Interval
Sets the time interval for refreshing the contents of
the status display pages automatically from 15 to
600 seconds.
184 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
NOTE: The settings in the Port Settings page will be valid only when the printer
is rebooted. When you change or configure the settings, click the Apply New
Settings button to apply the new settings.
Ethernet*1 Ethernet
Settings
Auto Detects the Ethernet
transmission rate and the duplex
settings automatically.
10BASE-T Half-
Duplex
Selects 10Base-T Half-Duplex
as the default value.
10BASE-T Full-
Duplex
Selects 10Base-T Full-Duplex
as the default value.
100BASE-TX
Half-Duplex
Selects 100Base-TX Half-
Duplex as the default value.
100BASE-TX
Full-Duplex
Selects 100Base-TX Full-
Duplex as the default value.
1000BASE-T
Full-Duplex
Selects 1000Base-T Full-
Duplex as the default value.
Current Ethernet Settings Displays the current settings of
the Ethernet.
MAC Address Displays the MAC address of
the printer.
Port Status LPD Sets whether to enable LPD.
Port9100 Sets whether to enable Port9100.
IPP Sets whether to enable IPP.
WSD Sets whether to enable WSD.
SMB Sets whether to enable SMB.
Bonjour
(mDNS)
Sets whether to enable Bonjour (mDNS).
E-Mail Alert Sets whether to enable E-Mail Alert.
Telne t Sets whether to enable Telnet.
SNMP Sets whether to enable SNMP.
LLTD Sets whether to enable LLTD.
*1 This item is available only when the printer is connected using LAN cable.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 185
TCP/IP
Purpose:
To configure the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address of the printer.
Value s:
TCP/IP
Settings
IP Mode Sets the IP mode.
Host Name Sets the host name.
IPv4 IP Address
Mode
Sets the method for acquiring the IP
address.
Manual IP
Address
When an IP address is being set manually,
the IP is allocated to the printer using the
format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that
makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the
range of 0 to 254. 127 and any value in the
range of 224 to 254 cannot be specified for
the first octet of a gateway address.
Manual Subnet
Mask
When an IP address is being set manually,
the subnet mask is specified using the
format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that
makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the
range of 0 to 255. 255.255.255.255 cannot
be specified as the subnet mask.
Manual
Gateway
Address
When an IP address is being set manually,
the gateway address is specified using the
format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that
makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the
range of 0 to 254. 127 and any value in the
range of 224 to 254 cannot be specified for
the first octet of a gateway address.
186 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
IPv6 Enable
Stateless
Address
Select the check box to enable the stateless
address.
Use Manual
Address
Select the check box to set the IP address
manually.
Manual
Address
Sets the IP address. To specify an IPv6
address, enter the address followed by a
slash (/) and then "64". For details, contact
your system administrator.
Manual
Gateway
Address
Sets the gateway address.
DNS DNS Domain
Name
Sets the DNS domain name.
IPv4 Get DNS
Server Address
from DHCP
Allows you to enable or disable the
automatic setting of the DNS server
address via DHCP.
Manual DNS
Server Address
Manually sets the DNS server address in
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format when Get DNS
Server Address from DHCP is not
selected.
IPv6 Get DNS
Server Address
from DHCPv6-
lite
Select the check box to get the DNS server
address automatically from the DHCPv6-
lite server.
Manual DNS
Server Address
Sets the DNS server address.
Priority to
IPv6 DNS
Name
Resolution
Select the check box to enable the DNS
Name Resolution feature.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 187
WINS WINS Mode Allows you to enable or disable the automatic setting of the
primary and secondary WINS server addresses via DHCP.
WINS
Primary
Server
Manually sets the primary WINS server address in
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format when WINS Mode is not selected.
WINS
Secondary
Server
Manually sets the secondary (backup) WINS server address
in xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format when WINS Mode is not
selected.
LPD Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.
IP Filter
(IPv4)
Click IP Filter (IPv4) to set the IP Filter settings on the IP
Filter (IPv4) page.
Port9100 Port Number Sets the port number from 9,000 to 9,999.
Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period between 1 and 1,000
seconds.
IP Filter
(IPv4)
Click IP Filter (IPv4) to set the IP filter settings on the IP
Filter (IPv4) page.
IPP Printer URI Displays the printer URI.
Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.
Port Number Displays the port number for receiving requests from the
client.
Maximum
Sessions
Displays the maximum number of connections received
simultaneously by the client.
WSD Port Number Sets the port number to 80 or from 8,000 to 9,999.
Receive
Time-Out
Sets the receive time-out period from 1 to 65,535 seconds.
Notification
Time-Out
Sets the notification time-out period from 1 to 60 seconds.
Maximum
Number of
TTL
Sets the maximum number of TTL from 1 to 10.
Maximum
Number of
Notification
Sets the maximum number of notifications from 10 to 20.
188 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
To configure the IP Filter feature, enter an IP address to be filtered in the
Address field and the Subnet Mask in the Address Mask field. Enter a numeric
value between 0 and 255 in each field. "*" is appended to the current value.
IP Filter Setup Procedure
You can set up to a maximum of five items and the first item set takes priority.
When setting multiple filters, enter the shortest address first followed by a
slightly longer address, a longer address and so on.
Enabling Printing From a Specified User
The following describes the procedure to enable printing only from the
"192.168.100.10" IP address.
1
Click the first column of the
Access List
row
1
.
2
Enter "
192.168.100.10
" in the
Address
field and
"
255.255.255.255
" in the
Address Mask
field.
3
Select
Permit
.
4
Click
Apply New Settings
.
Disabling Printing From a Specified User
The following describes the procedure to disable printing only from the
"192.168.100.10" IP address.
1
Click the first column of the
Access List
row
1
.
2
Enter "
192.168.100.10
" in the
Address
field and
"
255.255.255.255
" in the
Address Mask
field.
3
Select
Reject
.
HTTP Port Number Sets the port number to 80 or from 8,000 to 9,999.
Simultaneous
Connections
Displays the maximum number of simultaneous
connections.
Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 255 seconds.
Telnet Password Sets the password for Telnet.
Re-enter
Password
Confirms the set password.
Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 189
4
Click the first column of the
Access List
row
2
.
5
Enter "
0.0.0.0
" in the
Address
field and "
0.0.0.0
" in the
Address
Mask
field.
6
Select
Permit
.
7
Click
Apply New Settings
.
Enabling and Disabling Printing from Network Addresses
You can enable printing from the "192.168" network address and disable
printing from the "192.168.200" network address.
The example below describes how to enable printing from the
"192.168.200.10" IP address.
1
Click the first column of the
Access List
row
1
.
2
Enter "
192.168.200.10
" in the
Address
field and
"
255.255.255.255
" in the
Address Mask
field.
3
Select
Permit
.
4
Click the first column of the
Access List
row
2
.
5
Enter "
192.168.200.0
" in the
Address
field and "
255.255.255.0
" in
the
Address Mask
field.
6
Select
Reject
.
7
Click the first column of the
Access List
row
3
.
8
Enter "
192.168.0.0
" in the
Address
field and "
255.255.0.0
" in the
Address Mask
field.
9
Select
Permit
.
10
Click
Apply New Settings
.
SMB
Purpose:
To specify the setting of the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol.
Value s:
Host Name Sets the host name of the server computer.
Workgroup Sets the workgroup.
190 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
E-Mail Alert
Purpose:
To configure detailed settings for the E-Mail Alert. This page can also be
displayed by clicking the E-Mail Alert in the left frame.
Val ues:
Maximum Sessions Sets the maximum number of sessions.
Unicode Support Sets whether to notify the host name and workgroup name in
Unicode characters during SMB transmission.
Auto Master Mode Sets whether to enable the Auto Master Mode.
Encrypt Password Sets whether to encrypt the password.
Job Time-Out Sets the job time-out period between 60 and 3,600 seconds.
Connection Time-Out Sets the connection time-out period between 60 and 3,600
seconds.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 191
E-Mail Server
Settings
Primary SMTP
Gateway
Sets the primary SMTP gateway.
SMTP Port
Number
Sets the SMTP port number. This must be 25, 587
or between 5,000 and 65,535.
E-Mail Send
Authentication
Sets the authentication method for outgoing e-
mail.
SMTP Login
User
Sets the SMTP login user. Up to 63 alphanumeric
characters, periods, hyphens, underscores, and at
symbols (@) can be used. If specifying more than
one address, separate them using commas.
SMTP Login
Password
Sets the SMTP account password using up to 31
alphanumeric characters.
Re-enter SMTP
Login Password
Confirms the set SMTP account password.
POP3 Server
Address*1
Sets the POP3 server address in IP address format
of "aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd" or as a DNS host name using
up to 63 characters.
POP3 Port
Number*1
Sets the POP3 server port number. This must be
110 or between 5,000 and 65,535.
POP User
Name*1
Sets the POP3 account user name. Up to 63
alphanumeric characters, periods, hyphens,
underscores, and at symbols (@) can be used. If
specifying more than one address, separate them
using commas.
POP User
Password*1
Sets the POP3 account password using up to 31
alphanumeric characters.
Re-enter POP
User Password*1
Confirms the set password.
Reply Address Designates the reply e-mail address sent with each
E-mail Alert.
SMTP Server
Connection
Displays the status of the SMTP server connection.
192 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Bonjour (mDNS)
Purpose:
To configure the detailed settings of Bonjour.
E-Mail Alert
Settings
E-Mail List 1 Sets acceptable e-mail
addresses for the E-Mail Alert
feature using up to 255
alphanumeric characters.
Select Alerts for
List 1
Supplies Alerts Select the check box to receive
an E-Mail Alert for
consumables.
Paper Handling
Alerts
Select the check box to receive
an E-Mail Alert for paper
handling.
Service Call Select the check box to receive
an E-Mail Alert for Service
Calls.
E-Mail List 2 Sets acceptable e-mail
addresses for the E-Mail Alert
feature using up to 255
alphanumeric characters.
Select Alerts for
List 2
Supplies Alerts Select the check box to receive
an E-Mail Alert for
consumables.
Paper Handling
Alerts
Select the check box to receive
an E-Mail Alert for paper
handling.
Service Call Select the check box to receive
an E-Mail Alert for Service
Calls.
*1 This item is available only when POP before SMTP (Plain) or POP before SMTP
(APOP) for E-Mail Send Authentication is selected.
Host Name Sets the host name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and "-" (dash).
The original setting will remain valid if no input is made.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 193
SNMP
Purpose:
To configure the detailed settings of SNMP.
Value s:
SNMP v1/v2c
Purpose:
To edit the detailed settings of SNMP v1/v2 protocol.
To enter this page, click Edit SNMP v1/v2 Properties in the SNMP page.
Value s:
Printer Name Sets the printer name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and symbol
sets. The original setting will remain valid if no input is made.
SNMP
Configuration
Enable SNMP
v1/v2c
Protocol
Select the check box to enable the SNMP v1/v2c
protocol.
Edit SNMP
v1/v2c
Properties
Click to display SNMP v1/v2c page and to edit the
setting of SNMP v1/v2c protocol from the page.
Enable SNMP
v3 Protocol
Select the check box to enable the SNMP v3
protocol.
Edit SNMP v3
Properties
Click to display SNMP v3 page and to edit the
setting of SNMP v3 protocol from the page.
You can click this item only when SSL
communication is enabled.
Community
Name
Community
Name (Read
only)*1
Sets the community name to access (read only) data
using up to 31 alphanumeric characters.
The original setting will remain valid if no input is
made. Characters entered for community name in
the previous settings will not be displayed on the
screen. The default Read Community is public.
194 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Re-enter
Community
Name (Read
only)*1
Enters the community name to access (read only)
data again to confirm it.
Community
Name
(Read/Write)*1
Sets the community name to access (read and write)
data using up to 31 alphanumeric characters.
The original setting will remain valid if no input is
made. Characters entered for community name in
the previous settings will not be displayed on the
screen. The default Read/Write Community is
private.
Re-enter
Community
Name
(Read/Write)*1
Enters the community name to access (read and
write) data again to confirm it.
Community
Name (Trap)*1
Sets the community name used for trap up to 31
alphanumeric characters.
The original setting will remain valid if no input is
made. Characters entered for Community Name
(Trap) in the previous settings will not be displayed
on the screen. The default Trap Community is " "
(NULL).
Re-enter
Community
Name (Trap)*1
Enters the community name used for trap again to
confirm it.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 195
SNMP v3
Purpose:
To edit the detailed settings of SNMP v3 protocol. To enter this page, click Edit
SNMP v3 Properties in the SNMP page.
Value s:
Trap
Notification 1-4
Trap Address
Type
Trap Address
Port Number
Notify
Select the check boxes to notify trap occurrence. In
this case, specify the IP address and IP socket in the
following format:
IPv4
Specify the IP address and IP socket in the
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn:mmmmm format. Each section of
"nnn" is a variable value between 0 and 255. Note
that values 127 and 224-254 are not valid for the
first three-digits only. IP socket mmmmm is a
variable value between 0 and 65,535.
IPv6
Specify the IP address and IP socket in the
xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:mmm
mm format. Each section of "xxxx" is a
hexadecimal variable value between 0 and ffff. IP
socket mmmmm is a variable value between 0 and
65,535.
Authenticate
Error Trap
Select the check box to notify Authenticate Error
Trap.
*1 The default value can be changed by using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
196 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
LLTD
Purpose:
To specify the maximum number of devices.
Val ues:
Wireless LAN
NOTE: Wireless LAN feature is available only when the printer is connected
using the wireless network.
Purpose:
To configure the detailed setting for the wireless network. To use the wireless
adapter, be sure to disconnect the network cable.
Administrator
Account
Account
Enabled
Select the check box to enable the administrator
account.
User Name Enters the user name of the administrator account.
Authentication
Password
Sets the authentication password of the
administrator account using 8 to 32 alphanumeric
characters.
Re-enter
Authentication
Password
Confirms the set password.
Privacy
Password
Sets the privacy password of the administrator
account using 8 to 32 alphanumeric characters.
Re-enter
Privacy
Password
Confirms the set password.
Print Drivers /
Remote Client
Account
Account
Enabled
Select the check box to enable the print drivers and
remote client account.
Reset to default
Password
Click to reset the password for the print drivers and
remote client account to default.
Maximum number of
Device
Sets the maximum number of device from 64 to 1,024.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 197
NOTE: Once wireless LAN is activated, wired LAN protocol will be disabled.
Value s:
Wireless
Settings
SSID Sets the name that identifies the wireless network.
Up to 32 alphanumeric characters can be entered.
Network Type Sets the network type from either Ad-Hoc or
Infrastructure.
MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the wireless adapter
for the printer.
Link Channel Displays the channel number of the wireless
connection for the printer.
Link Quality Displays the quality of the wireless network
connection for the printer.
Security
Settings
Encryption Select the security method from the list.
No Security Sets No Security to configure
the wireless setting without
specifying a security method
from WEP, WPA-PSK, and
WPA-Enterprise.
WEP Sets the WEP to use through
the wireless network.
WPA-
PSK(WPA2-
PSK)*1, 2
Sets the WPA-PSK to use
through the wireless network.
198 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
NOTE: The optional wireless adapter supports WEP, WPA-PSK-TKIP, WPA-
PSK-AES, and WPA-PSK-AES.
Reset Print Server
Purpose:
WEP Encryption Select the WEP key code from either Hex or Ascii.
WEP Key 1 Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless
network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is
selected for Encryption.
Re-enter WEP
Key 1
Enters the WEP key 1 again to confirm it.
WEP Key 2 Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless
network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is
selected for Encryption.
Re-enter WEP
Key 2
Enters the WEP key 2 again to confirm it.
WEP Key 3 Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless
network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is
selected for Encryption.
Re-enter WEP
Key 3
Enters the WEP key 3 again to confirm it.
WEP Key 4 Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless
network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is
selected for Encryption.
Re-enter WEP
Key 4
Enters the WEP key 4 again to confirm it.
Transmit Key Sets the transmit key type from the list.
WPA-PSK Pass Phrase Sets the pass phrase.
Re-enter Pass
Phrase
Enters the pass phrase again to confirm it.
*1 For encryption, AES or TKIP method is used.
*2 This item is available only when the Infrastructure mode is selected for Network
Type.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 199
To initialize NVRAM (non-volatile RAM) for the network feature and reboot
the printer. You can also initialize NVRAM of the printer from Reset Defaults
in the Printer Settings menu.
Value s:
Security
The Security tab includes Set Password, SSL/TLS, IPsec, 802.1x and IP
Filter (IPv4).
Set Password
Purpose:
To set or change the password that is required to access the setup parameters of
the printer from the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Set the password of the operator panel from Panel Lock in the Printer Settings.
This page can also be displayed by clicking Set Password in the Left Frame.
NOTE: To restore the password to the default (NULL), initialize the non-volatile
memory (NVM).
Value s:
Initialize NIC
NVRAM Memory and
restart printer.
Click the Start button to initialize NVRAM, revert network
settings to the factory default settings, and reboot the network
capability.
Restart Printer Click the Start button to reboot the printer.
Administrator Password Sets the password using up to 10 alphanumeric characters.
Re-enter Administrator
Password
Confirms the set password.
Access denial by the
authentication failure of
the Administrator
Sets the amount of time the administrator should wait for
the access to the printer setup from Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. Sets the time period from 5 up
to 255 seconds. The access is denied if the time-out time is
exceeded. If you set 0, this mode is disabled.
200 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
SSL/TLS
Purpose:
To specify the settings for the SSL encryption communication to the printer.
Val ues:
SSL/TLS (Generate Self-Signed Certificate)
Purpose:
To generate a self-signed certificate.
Val ues:
SSL/TLS
HTTP-SSL/TLS
Communication
*1
Select the check box to enable the HTTP-
SSL/TLS Communication.
HTTP-SSL/TLS
Communication
Port
Number
Sets the port number, which is not identical with
that of HTTP for SSL/TLS. This must be 443 or
between 8,000 and 9,999.
Machine
Digital
Certification
Generate Self-
Signed Certificate
*2
Click this button to display the Generate Self-
Signed Certificate page.
Certificate Details
*3
Click this button to display the Certificate
Details page for the contents of the certificate or
to delete the certificate.
*1 This item is enabled only when you generate the self-signed certificate on the Gen-
erate Self-Signed Certificate page.
*2 This button is grayed out after you generate the self-signed certificate on the Gener-
ate Self-Signed Certificate page.
*3 This button is available only when HTTP-SSL/TLS Communication is set to
Enable.
Generate
Self-Signed
Certificate
Size of Public Key
Sets the size of public key.
Issuer
Sets the issuer of the self-signed certificate.
Generate Signed Certificate Click this button to generate the signed
certificate.
Back Click this button to go back to the previous page.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 201
SSL/TLS (Certificate Details)
Purpose:
To refer to the contents of the certificate or delete the certificate.
Value s:
IPsec
Purpose:
To specify the Security Architecture settings for Internet Protocol (IPsec) for
encrypted communication to the printer.
Value s:
Certificate
Details
Category
Displays the category of the device to certificate.
Issued To
Displays the device to certificate.
Issuer Displays the issuer of the self-signed certificate.
Serial Number Displays the serial number of the device.
Size of Public Key Display the size of public key.
Val id F rom Displays the time the certificate is valid.
Val id U nti l Displays the time the certificate is invalid.
Status Displays whether the certificate is valid or not.
Certificate Purpose Displays the purpose of certificate.
Certificate Selection
Status
Displays the type of device certificate you
selected.
Delete Click this button to delete the self-signed
certificate.
Back Click this button to go back to the previous page.
202 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
NOTE: If IPsec is enabled with incorrect settings, you must disable it using the
Reset IPsec menu on the operator panel.
802.1x
Purpose:
To specify the settings for IEEE 802.1x authentication for encrypted
communication to the printer.
Val ues:
IPsec Settings Protocol Select the check box to enable the protocol.
IKE Sets IKE authentication. IKE is fixed to Pre-
Shared Key.
Pre-Shared Key Sets a shared key. Up to 255 alphanumeric
characters, periods, and hyphens can be used.
Re-enter Pre-
Shared Key
Enters the shared key again to confirm it.
IKE SA Lifetime Sets the lifetime for IKE SA from 5 to 28,800
minutes.
IPsec SA
Lifetime
Sets the lifetime for IPsec SA from 5 to 2,880
minutes.
DH Group Sets the DH group.
PFS Select the check box to enable the PFS setting.
Remote peers
IPv4 address
Sets the IP address to connect to.
Remote peers
IPv6 address
Sets the IP address to connect to.
Non IPsec
communication
policy
Allows communication with a device which
does not support IPsec.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 203
IP Filter (IPv4)
Purpose:
To specify the IP address and subnet mask to be permitted or denied access to
the printer.
Value s:
Configure
802.1x
Enable IEEE
802.1x
Select the check box to enable IEEE 802.1x
authentication.
Authentication
Method
EAP-MD5 Selects the authentication method to
use for IEEE 802.1x authentication.
EAP-MS-
CHAPv2
PEAP/MS-
CHAPv2
Login Name:
(Device Name)
Sets the login name (device name) for IEEE 802.1x
authentication using up to 128 alphanumeric
characters.
Password Sets the login password for IEEE 802.1x
authentication using up to 128 alphanumeric
characters.
Re-enter
Password
Confirms the set login password.
Access List Address Sets the IP addresses that are permitted or denied
access to the printer. Enter a numeric value between 0
and 255 in each field.
Address Mask Sets the subnet mask that are permitted or denied
access to the printer. Enter a numeric value between 0
and 255 in each field.
Active Mode Reject Rejects printing from specified network
address.
Permit Permits printing from specified network
address.
Disabled Disables the IP Filter feature for the
specified IP address.
204 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Copy Printer Settings
The Copy Printer Settings menu includes the Copy Printer Settings and
Copy Printer Settings Report pages.
Copy Printer Settings
Purpose:
To copy the printer settings to one or more of the same model of the printer.
To copy the settings to another printer, specify the IP address and password of
the printer to which the settings are copied in the IP Address text box and
Password text box. Then, click the Copy the settings to the Host in the above
list button. Copying the settings is complete. The connection time-out period is
60 seconds. After that, you can check whether the settings were copied to this
page. And you need to check the Copy the settings to the Host in the above
list and reboot the printer menu of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
in the destination printer to verify if the settings were actually copied or not.
If the settings can be copied but the printer configuration is different, the settings
of only the same items are copied. Printer settings are simultaneously copied to
printers of up to 10 IP addresses.
Copy Printer Settings Report
Purpose:
To verify whether the printer setting is copied to other printers successfully.
NOTE: The history is cleared by turning off the printer.
Print Volume
The Printer Volume menu includes the Print Volume and Dell ColorTrack
pages.
Print Volume
Purpose:
To verify the number of printed pages. This page can also be displayed by
clicking Print Volume in the left frame.
Val ues:
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 205
Dell ColorTrack
Purpose:
To specify which users have access to color printing and to limit print volume
per user.
Value s:
Edit Print User Registration - List
Purpose:
To edit the print meter setting for each user.
Value s:
Printer Page Count Displays the total number of pages printed since the printer was
shipped from the factory.
Paper Used
Displays the number of pages printed for each paper size.
ColorTrack
Mode
Sets whether to enable the ColorTrack mode, which specifies who has
access to color printing.
No Account
User Print
Sets whether to permit the printing of data without authentication
information. To permit the printing for non-account user, set to On.
ColorTrack
Error Report
Sets whether to automatically print error-related information if
printing with ColorTrack results in an error.
User
Registration*1
Click Edit User Registration to edit print user registrations.
*1 This item is available only when ColorTrack Mode is set to On.
User No. List to: Selecting each button displays a list of print meter settings for the
group of user registration numbers indicated on the button.
No. Displays the user registration number.
User Name Displays the user name. (Not in Use) is displayed in User Name
when there is no registration.
206 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Print User Settings (Confirm/Change, Create)
Purpose:
To view or edit the user entries on the Edit Print User Registration page, or
create a new entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when
you click the Confirm/Change or Create button on the Edit Print User
Registration page.
Val ues:
MonoCount
(Limit)
Displays the total number of monochrome pages printed to date and
the maximum number of monochrome pages the user is permitted to
print.
ColorCount
(Limit)
Displays the total number of color pages printed to date and the
maximum number of color pages the user is permitted to print.
Delete Deletes the entry for the selected user registration number.
Confirm /
Change
Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the selected
user registration number.
Create Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry under the
selected user registration number.
User Registration No. Displays the selected user registration number.
Delete User*1 Click this button to display the Print User Settings - Delete
page to delete the user from registration.
User Name Allows you to view or edit the name of the user registered
under the selected user registration number, or enter a user
name for the new entry.
Password Displays the password associated with the user name in
asterisks, or allows you to enter a password for the new entry.
Re-enter Password Confirms the set password.
Color Mode
Limitation
Sets whether to permit only monochrome printing or both color
and monochrome printing.
Upper Limit for Color
Print
Sets the maximum number of color pages the user is permitted
to print.
Cumulative Color
Page Count
Displays the total number of color pages printed to date.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 207
Print User Settings (Delete)
Purpose:
To delete the user entries registered on the Edit Print User Registration page.
The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click the Delete
button on the Edit Print User Registration page.
Value s:
Tray Settings
Use the Tray Settings menu to set the paper size and type of paper loaded in the
standard 250-sheet tray and the optional 250-sheet feeder.
Value s:
Upper Limit for
Monochrome Print
Sets the maximum number of monochrome pages the user is
permitted to print.
Cumulative
Monochrome Page
Count
Displays the total number of monochrome pages printed to
date.
Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings.
Restore Settings Click this button to restore the previous settings.
Back Click this button to return to the Edit Print User Registration
- List page.
*1 This item is available only when you click the Confirm / Change button.
User Registration No. Displays the selected user registration number.
User Name Displays the name of the user registered under the user
registration number.
Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings.
Back Click this button to return to the Edit Print User
Registration page.
Tray 1 Paper
Size
Sets the size of paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
208 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Tray 1 Paper
Type
Sets the type of paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Custom
Size - Y
Sets the length of custom size paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet
tray.
Tray 1 Custom
Size - X
Sets the width of custom size paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet
tray.
Tray 1 Display
Popup
Sets whether to display a popup message that prompts the user to set
the paper size and type when the paper is loaded in the standard 250-
sheet tray.
Tray 2 Paper
Size*1
Sets the size of paper loaded in the optional 250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Paper
Type*1
Sets the type of paper loaded in the optional 250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Display
Popup*1
Sets whether to display a popup message that prompts the user to set
the paper size and type when the paper is loaded in the optional 250-
sheet feeder.
*1 This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Print Media Guidelines 209
14
Print Media Guidelines
Print media refers to paper, labels, envelopes, and coated paper among others.
Your printer provides high-quality printing on a variety of print media. Selecting
the appropriate print media for your printer helps avoid printing troubles. This
section describes selecting print media, caring for print media, and loading the
print media in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Paper
For the best print quality in color, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb) xerographic, grain long
paper. For the best print quality in black and white, use 90 g/m2 (24 lb)
xerographic, grain long paper. It is recommended that you try a sample first
before buying large quantities of any print media.
When loading paper, identify the recommended print side on the paper package,
and load the paper accordingly. See
"
Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-
Sheet Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder
"
and
"
Loading Print Media in the
SSF
"
for detailed loading instructions.
Paper Characteristics
The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability. It is
recommended that you follow these guidelines when evaluating new paper
stock.
Weight
The tray automatically feeds paper weights from 60 g/m2 to 216 g/m2 (16 lb to
80 lb bond) grain long. The single sheet feeder automatically feeds paper
weights from 60 g/m2 to 216 g/m2 (16 lb to 80 lb bond) grain long. Paper lighter
than 60 g/m2 (16 lb) may not feed properly, and could cause paper jams. For best
performance, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb bond) grain long paper.
Curl
Curl is the tendency of print media to curve at its edges. Excessive curl can
cause paper feeding problems. Curl usually occurs after the paper passes
through the printer, where it is exposed to high temperatures. Storing paper
210 Print Media Guidelines
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
unwrapped, even in the paper tray, can contribute to paper curling prior to
printing and cause feeding problems regardless of humidity. When printing on
curled paper, straighten the paper and then insert it into the single sheet feeder.
Smoothness
The degree of paper smoothness directly affects the print quality. If the paper is
too rough, the toner does not fuse on to the paper properly, resulting in poor
print quality. If the paper is too smooth, it can cause paper feeding problems.
Smoothness between 150 and 250 Sheffield points produces the best print
quality.
Moisture Content
The amount of moisture in the paper affects both the print quality and the ability
of the printer to feed the paper properly. Leave the paper in its original
packaging until you are ready to use it. This limits the exposure of the paper to
moisture changes that can degrade its performance.
Grain Direction
Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper. Grain is
either grain long, running the length of the paper, or grain short, running the
width of the paper. For 60 g/m2 to 135 g/m2 (16 lb to 36 lb bond) paper, grain
long fibers are recommended. For paper heavier than 135 g/m2 (36 lb bond),
grain short is preferred.
Fiber Content
Most high-quality xerographic paper is made from 100 % chemically pulped
wood. Paper containing fibers such as cotton may lead to degraded paper
handling.
Recommended Paper
To ensure the best print quality and feed reliability, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb)
xerographic paper. Business paper designed for general business use also
provides acceptable print quality. Only use paper able to withstand high
temperatures without discoloring, bleeding, or releasing hazardous emissions.
The laser printing process heats paper to high temperatures. Check with the
manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the paper you have chosen is
acceptable for laser printers.
Print Media Guidelines 211
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
It is recommended that you try a sample first before buying large quantities of
any print media. When choosing any print media, you should consider the
weight, fiber content, and color.
Unacceptable Paper
The following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer:
• Chemically treated paper used to make copies without carbon paper, also
known as carbonless paper, carbonless copy paper (CCP), or no carbon
required (NCR) paper.
• Preprinted paper with chemicals that may contaminate the printer.
• Preprinted paper that can be affected by the temperature in the fuser.
• Preprinted paper that requires a registration (the precise print location on the
page) greater than ±0.09 inches, such as optical character recognition (OCR)
forms.
In some cases, you can adjust registration with your software program to
successfully print on these forms.
• Coated paper (erasable bond), synthetic paper, and thermal paper.
• Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface paper, or curled paper.
• Recycled paper containing more than 25 % post-consumer waste that does
not meet DIN 19 309.
• Multiple-part forms or documents.
• Print quality may deteriorate (blank spaces or blotches may appear in the
text) when printing on talc or acid paper.
Selecting Paper
Proper paper selection helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing.
To help avoid jams or poor print quality:
• Always use new, undamaged paper.
• Before loading the paper, identify the recommended print side of the paper.
This information is usually indicated on the paper package.
• Do not use paper that you have cut or trimmed.
• Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same source. This may
result in a paper jam.
212 Print Media Guidelines
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
• Do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.
• Ensure that the paper is properly loaded in the tray.
• Flex the paper back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the
stack on a level surface.
Selecting Pre-Printed Media and Letterheads
When selecting pre-printed and letterhead paper for the printer:
• Use grain long paper for best results.
• Use only forms and letterheads printed using an offset lithographic or
engraved printing process.
• Select paper that absorb ink, but does not bleed.
• Avoid paper with rough or heavily textured surfaces.
• Use paper printed with heat-resistant inks designed for use in xerographic
copiers. The ink must withstand temperatures of 225 °C (437 °F) without
melting or releasing hazardous emissions.
• Use inks that are not affected by the resin in the toner or the silicone in the
fuser. Inks that are oxidation-set or oil-based should meet these requirements;
latex inks might not. If you are in doubt, contact your paper supplier.
Selecting Pre-Punched Paper
When selecting pre-punched paper for the printer:
• Test paper from several manufacturers before ordering and using large
quantities of pre-punched paper.
• Paper should be punched at the paper manufacturer and not drilled into paper
already packaged in a ream. Drilled paper can cause jams when multiple
sheets feed through the printer. This may result in a paper jam.
Print Media Guidelines 213
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
• Pre-punched paper can include more paper dust than standard paper. Your
printer may require more frequent cleaning and feed reliability may not be as
good as standard paper.
• Weight guidelines for pre-punched paper are the same as non-punched paper.
Printing on a Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper)
Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the pre-printed
letterhead that you have selected is acceptable for laser printers.
Page orientation is important when printing on pre-printed paper such as
letterhead and pre-punched paper. The following table shows the orientation
when loading letterheads in the tray or feeders. For other pre-printed and pre-
punched paper, load the paper by reference to the following table.
214 Print Media Guidelines
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Print media source Print side Page orientation
Standard 250-sheet
tray and Optional
250-sheet feeder
Dell 2150cn Color Printer
Face up
Letterhead enters
the printer last
Dell 2150cdn Color Printer
Face down
NOTE: Set LetterH Dup Mode
(Letterhead Duplex Mode) to Enable
and Paper Type to Letterhead,
Preprinted, or Prepunched from the
operator panel or the printer driver even
when you print on a single side of
letterhead, pre-printed, or pre-punched
paper.
Letterhead enters
the printer first
Print Media Guidelines 215
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Envelopes
Depending on the envelopes, it is possible to expect variable levels of wrinkling.
It is recommended that you try a sample first before buying large quantities of
any print media. See
"
Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder
"
or
"
Loading an Envelope in the SSF
"
for
instructions on loading an envelope.
When printing on envelopes:
• Use only high-quality envelopes that are designed for use in laser printers.
• Set the print media source to the single sheet feeder or the standard 250-sheet
tray. Set the paper type to
Envelope
, and select the correct size of envelope
from the printer driver.
• Use envelopes made from 75 g/m
2
(20 lb bond) paper. You can use up to 105
g/m
2
(28 lb bond) weight for the envelope feeder as long as the cotton
content is 25 % or less. Envelopes with 100 % cotton content must not
exceed 90 g/m
2
(24 lb bond) weight.
• Use only freshly unpackaged, undamaged envelopes.
• Use envelopes that can withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) without
sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or releasing hazardous emissions. If
you have any doubts about the envelopes you are considering, check with the
envelope supplier.
Single sheet feeder
(SSF)
Face down Letterhead enters
the printer first
Print media source Print side Page orientation
216 Print Media Guidelines
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
• Adjust the guide to fit the width of the envelopes.
• To load an envelope into the single sheet feeder, insert the envelope with the
flaps closed and the short-edge of the envelope facing into the printer. The
print side must be facing down.
• See "
Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and Optional 250-
Sheet Feeder
" or "
Loading an Envelope in the SSF
" for instructions on
loading an envelope.
• Use one envelope size during a print job.
• Ensure that the humidity is low because high humidity (more than 60 %) and
the high printing temperatures may seal the envelopes.
• For best performance, do not use envelopes that:
– Have excessive curl or twist
– Are stuck together or damaged in any way
– Contain windows, holes, perforations, cutouts, or embossing
– Use metal clasps, string ties, or metal folding bars
– Have an interlocking design
– Have postage stamps attached
– Have any exposed adhesive when the flap is in the sealed or closed
position
– Have nicked edges or bent corners
– Have rough, cockle, or laid finishes
Labels
Your printer can print on many labels designed only for use with laser printers.
When selecting labels:
• Label adhesives, face sheet (printable stock), and topcoats must be able to
withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) and pressure of 25 pounds per
square inch (psi).
• Use labels that can be without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or
releasing hazardous emissions.
• Do not use label sheets with a slick backing material.
Print Media Guidelines 217
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
NOTICE: Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended
that you try a sample first.
When printing on labels:
• Use labels that can withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) without
sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or releasing hazardous emissions.
• Set the paper type to
Label
from the printer driver.
• Use "Standard Tray" for label.
• Do not print through "Single Sheet Feeder" for label.
• Do not load labels together with paper in the same tray.
• Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inches) of the die-cut.
• Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inches) of the edge of the label, of the
perforations, or between die-cuts of the label.
• Do not print a label through the printer more than once.
• Portrait orientation is preferred, especially when printing bar codes.
• Do not use labels that have exposed adhesive.
• Use full label sheets. Partial sheets may cause labels to peel off during
printing, resulting in a jam.
• Do not use label sheets that have adhesive to the edge of the sheet. It is
recommended that zone coating of the adhesive is done at least 1 mm (0.04
inches) away from edges. Adhesive material contaminates your printer and
could void your warranty.
CAUTION: Otherwise the printer occur in a jam and contaminate your printer
and your cartridges with adhesive. As a result, could void your printer and cartridge
warranties.
Storing Print Media
For proper print media storage, the following guidelines will help to avoid
media feeding problems and uneven print quality.
• Store print media in an environment where the temperature is approximately
21 °C (70 °F) and the relative humidity is 40 %.
• Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf, rather than directly on the
floor.
218 Print Media Guidelines
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
• If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton,
ensure that they rest on a flat surface so that the edges do not buckle or curl.
• Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.
Identifying Print Media and Specifications
The following tables show print media information.
Supported Paper Sizes
Paper size Single sheet
feeder
Standard 250-
sheet tray
Optional 250-
sheet feeder
Duplexer
Side 1Side 2Side 1Side 2Side 1Side 2
A4 (210 x 297 mm) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
B5 (182 x 257 mm) Y Y Y Y Y Y N
A5 (148 x 210 mm) Y Y Y Y Y Y N
Letter (8.5 x 11 in) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Folio (8.5 x 13 in) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Legal (8.5 x 14 in) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Executive (7.25 x 10.5 in) Y Y Y Y Y Y N
Envelope #10 (4.125 x 9.5 in) Y N Y N N N N
Monarch (3.875 x 7.5 in) Y*2 NYNNN N
DL (110 x 220mm) Y*2 NYNNN N
C5 (162 x 229mm) Y N Y N N N N
Custom*1 YYYNNN N
*1: Custom: width: 76.2 mm (3.0 inch) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inch)
length: 127.0 mm (5.0 inch) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inch)
*2: Monarch LEF and DL LEF are not available.
Print Media Guidelines 219
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Supported Paper Types
NOTE: For Plain and Label paper, you can set the paper density by selecting the
Paper Density (Light or Normal) under Printer Maintenance from the operator
panel, Tool Box, or Dell Configuration Web Tool. Once you set the Paper Density
settings, the printer uses the settings for Plain and Label paper.
Paper Type Specifications
Paper type Single sheet
feeder
Standard
250-sheet
tray
Optional
250-sheet
feeder
Duplexer
Side 1Side 2Side 1Side 2Side 1Side 2Side 1Side 2
Plain Light YYYYYYYN
Normal YYYYYYYN
Thick YYYYYYYN
Covers Normal Y-Y-N-N-
Thick Y-Y-N-N-
Coated Normal Y-N-N-N-
Thick Y-N-N-N-
Label Normal N - Y - N - N -
Thick N-Y-N-N-
Envelope Y-Y-N-N-
Recycled YYYYYYYN
Letterhead Y-Y-Y-Y-
Preprinted Y-Y-Y-Y-
Prepunched Y-Y-Y-Y-
Color YYYYYYYN
Paper type Weight (g/m2) Remarks
Plain 60–90 -
Plain Thick 80/90–105 -
Recycled 60–105 -
220 Print Media Guidelines
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Labels - Inkjet printer paper cannot
be used.
Covers 106–163 -
Covers Thick 164–216 -
Envelope - -
Coated 106–163 Inkjet printer paper cannot
be used.
Coated Thick 164–216 Inkjet printer paper cannot
be used.
Letterhead - -
Preprinted 64 -
Prepunched 64 -
Color 64 -
Paper type Weight (g/m2) Remarks
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Loading Print Media 221
15
Loading Print Media
Loading print media properly helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free
printing.
Before loading any print media, identify the recommended print side of the print
media. This information is usually indicated on the print media package.
Capacity
The standard 250-sheet tray and optional 250-sheet feeder can hold:
• 250 sheets of the standard paper.
The SSF can hold:
• 1 sheet of the standard paper.
Print Media Dimensions
The maximum dimensions of print media that the standard 250-sheet tray,
optional 250-sheet feeder, and SSF can handle are:
• Width — 76.2 mm (3.00 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inches)
• Length — 127 mm (5.00 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches)
Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet
Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder
NOTE: To avoid paper jams, do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.
NOTE: Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in the printer.
1
Pull the tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the tray with both hands,
and remove it from the printer.
222 Loading Print Media
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
2
Adjust the paper guides.
NOTE: Extend the rear side of the tray when you load Legal size paper.
3
Before loading the print media, flex the sheets and fan them. Straighten the
edges of the stack on a level surface.
Loading Print Media 223
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
4
Load the print media into the tray with the recommended print side facing up.
NOTE: Do not exceed the maximum fill line in the tray. Overfilling the tray
may cause paper jams.
5
Align the width guides against the edges of the paper.
NOTE: When loading user-specified print media, adjust the width guides
and slide the extendable part of the tray by pinching the length guide and
sliding it until it rests lightly against the edge of the paper.
6
After confirming that the guides are securely adjusted, insert the tray into the
printer.
224 Loading Print Media
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
7
On the operator panel, press or button until the desired paper size
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
8
Press or button until the desired paper type appears, and then press
the
(Set)
button.
Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and Optional 250-
Sheet Feeder
Use the following guidelines when loading envelopes in the standard 250-sheet
tray and optional 250-sheet feeder:
NOTE: If you do not load envelopes in the standard 250-sheet tray and optional
250-sheet feeder right after they have been removed from the packaging, they may
bulge. To avoid jams, flatten them as shown below before loading the envelopes in
the tray.
Loading Print Media 225
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Envelope #10
Load the envelopes short edge feed with the flaps closed and the print side up.
Ensure that the flaps come at the right when you face towards the printer.
Monarch or DL
The Monarch or DL envelopes can be loaded in one of the following ways:
Load the envelopes short edge feed with the flaps closed and the print side up.
Ensure that the flaps come at the right when you face towards the printer.
OR
Load the envelopes long edge feed with the flaps open and the print side up.
Ensure that the flaps come at the top when you face towards the printer.
226 Loading Print Media
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
C5
Load the envelopes short edge feed with the flaps closed and the print side up.
Ensure that the flaps come at the bottom when you face towards the printer.
Loading Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper)
When using the standard 250-sheet tray and optional 250-sheet feeder, the pre-
printed paper such as letterhead enters the printer with the print side facing up
for Dell 2150cn Color Printer. As for Dell 2150cdn Color Printer, the pre-printed
paper such as letterhead and pre-punched paper enter the printer with the print
side facing down as shown below.
NOTE: For Dell 2150cdn Color Printer, set LetterH Dup Mode (Letterhead
Duplex Mode) to Enable and Paper Type to Letterhead, Preprinted,
or Prepunched from the operator panel or the printer driver even when you print
on a single side of letterhead, pre-printed, or pre-punched paper.
When using the single sheet feeder, the pre-printed paper such as letterhead
enters the printer first with the print side facing down.
The following table shows the orientation when loading letterheads in the tray or
feeders. For other pre-printed and pre-punched paper, load the paper by
reference to the following table.
Loading Print Media 227
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Print media source Print side Page orientation
Standard 250-sheet
tray and optional
250-sheet feeder
Dell 2150cn Color Printer
Face up
Letterhead enters
the printer last
Dell 2150cdn Color Printer
Face down
NOTE: Set LetterH Dup Mode
(Letterhead Duplex Mode) to Enable
and Paper Type to Letterhead,
Preprinted, or Prepunched from the
operator panel or the printer driver even
when you print on a single side of
letterhead, pre-printed, or pre-punched
paper.
Letterhead enters
the printer first
228 Loading Print Media
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Loading Print Media in the SSF
1
Adjust the width guides to the print media's width.
2
Hold both sides of the print media facing down close to the single sheet
feeder, and push it 8 cm to 9 cm (4 inches) into the printer until it
automatically feeds.
Single sheet feeder
(SSF)
Face down Letterhead enters
the printer first
Print media source Print side Page orientation
Loading Print Media 229
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
NOTE: Do not force the print media into the single sheet feeder.
NOTE: Load letterhead face-down, with the top of the sheet entering the
printer first.
NOTE: If you experience problems with paper feed, turn the paper around.
Loading an Envelope in the SSF
Envelope #10, Monarch, or DL
To load an envelope into the single sheet feeder, insert the envelope short edge
feed with the flap closed and the print side down. Ensure that the flap comes at
the right when you face towards the printer.
230 Loading Print Media
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
NOTICE: Never use envelopes with windows, coated linings, or self-stick
adhesives. These lead to paper jams and can cause damage to the printer.
NOTE: Ensure that you load an envelope with the flap completely closed.
NOTE: Insert an envelope with the flap side face up and with the stamp area on
the top right side.
C5
To load an envelope into the single sheet feeder, insert the envelope short edge
feed with the flap open and the print side down. Ensure that the flap comes at the
bottom when you face towards the printer.
Loading Print Media 231
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
OR
NOTICE: Never use envelopes with windows, coated linings, or self-stick
adhesives. These lead to paper jams and can cause damage to the printer.
NOTE: Ensure that you load an envelope with the flap completely opened.
NOTE: Insert an envelope with the flap side face up and with the stamp area on
the bottom right side.
Using the SSF
• Load only one size and type of print media during a single print job.
• To achieve the best possible print quality, use only high-quality print media
that is designed for use in laser printer. For more guidelines on print media,
see "Print Media Guidelines."
• Do not add or remove print media when the printer is printing from the SSF.
This may result in a paper jam.
• Print media should be loaded with the recommended print side down and the
top of the print media going into the SSF first.
• Do not place objects on the SSF. Also, avoid pressing down or apply
excessive force on it.
• The icons on the SSF show how to load the SSF with paper, and how to turn
an envelope for printing.
232 Loading Print Media
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Linking Trays
The printer automatically links the trays when you load the same size and type
of print media in them. The first tray will be utilized until the media runs out
after which the next tray will be used.
NOTE: The print media should be the same size and type in each tray.
The SSF cannot be linked to any of the tray sources.
After loading the selected trays with the same size and type of print media,
select the Paper Type setting in the Tray Settings component for each source
(tray).
To disable tray linking change the Paper type in one of the sources (trays) to a
unique value.
NOTE: If different types of print media of the same size are loaded in each tray,
the printer will automatically link them if the paper type is not specified in the
printer driver properties/preferences.
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Operator Panel 233
16
Operator Panel
Using the Operator Panel Buttons
The operator panel has a 2-line by 16-character liquid crystal display (LCD),
seven buttons, and two indicators that flash when the printer is ready to print,
and when an error occurs.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
1
LCD panel
• Displays various settings, instructions, and error messages.
2
button
• In the Menu mode, scrolls through menus or items. To enter numbers or
passwords for secure print jobs, press these buttons.
3
button
• In the Menu mode, selects submenus or setting values.
4
(Menu)
button
• In the Print mode, switches to the Menu mode.
• In the Menu mode, switches to the Print mode.
5
Ready / Error LED
234 Operator Panel
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section16.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
• Lights green when the printer is ready or sleeping and blinks when data
is being received. (Ready LED)
• Lights orange when an error occurs and blinks when an unrecoverable
print error occurs. (Error LED)
6
(Set)
button
• In the Menu mode, displays the selected menu or item and determines
the selected value.
7
(Cancel)
button
• Cancels the current print job.
• In the top level of the Menu mode, switches to the Print mode.
• In the submenu of the Menu mode, switches to the previous level.
NOTE: Moving to a different menu or returning to a previous screen cancels the
current entry or setting. Make sure to press the (Set) button to save the current
entry or setting.
Printing a Panel Settings Page
The panel settings page shows current settings for the operator panel menus.
When Using the Operator Panel
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Ensure that
Report/List
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press button until
Panel Settings
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The panel settings page is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box
.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple printer
drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of this printer
listed in Printer Names, and then click Ok.
Operator Panel 235
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section16.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
The
Tool Box
opens.
2
Ensure that the
Printer Settings Reports
tab is open.
3
Select
Reports
from the list at the left side of the page.
The
Reports
page appears.
4
Click the
Panel Settings
button.
The panel settings page is printed.
236 Operator Panel
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section16.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
237
Printing
238
Printing 239
17
Printing
This chapter covers tips for printing, how to print certain information from your
printer, and how to cancel a job.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
Tips for Successful Printing
Tips on Storing Print Media
Store your print media properly. For more information, see
"
Storing Print
Media.
"
Avoiding Paper Jams
NOTICE: Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended
that you try a sample first.
By selecting appropriate print media and loading it properly, you can avoid
paper jams. See the following instructions on loading print media:
• "Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional 250-
Sheet Feeder"
• "Loading Print Media in the SSF"
• "Avoiding Jams"
If you encounter a paper jam, see
"
Clearing Jams.
"
240 Printing
Sending a Job to Print
To support all of the printer features, use the printer driver. When you choose
Print from a software program, a window representing the printer driver opens.
Select the appropriate settings for the specific job that you are sending to print.
Print settings selected from the driver override the default menu settings
selected from the operator panel or Tool Box.
You may need to click Preferences from the initial Print box to see all of the
available system settings you can change. If you are not familiar with a feature
in the printer driver window, open the online Help for more information.
To print a job from a typical
Microsoft
® Windows® application:
1
Open the file you want to print.
2
From the
File
menu, select
Print
.
3
Verify that the correct printer is selected in the dialog box. Modify the system
settings as appropriate (such as the pages you want to print or the number of
copies).
4
Click
Preferences
to adjust system settings that are not available from the
first screen, and then click
OK
.
5
Click
OK
or
Print
to send the job to the selected printer.
Canceling a Print Job
There are several methods for canceling a job.
• Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel
• Canceling a Job From a Computer Running Windows
Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel
To cancel a job after it has started printing:
1
Press the
(Cancel)
button.
Printing is canceled only for the current job. All the following jobs will
continue to print.
Printing 241
Canceling a Job From a Computer Running Windows
Canceling a Job From the Taskbar
When you send a job to print, a small printer icon appears in the bottom right
corner of the taskbar.
1
Double-click the printer icon.
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.
2
Select the job you want to cancel.
3
Press
Delete
on the keyboard.
Canceling a Job From the Desktop
1
Click
Start
Printers and Faxes
.
For Windows XP
®
: Click
start
Printers and Faxes
.
For Windows Vista
®
: Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and
Sound
Printers
.
For Windows Server
®
2008: Click
Start
Control Panel
Printers
.
For Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows 7: Click
Start
Devices and
Printers
.
A list of available printers appears.
2
Double-click the printer that you selected when you sent the job for print.
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.
3
Select the job you want to cancel.
4
Press
Delete
on the keyboard.
Duplex Printing
Duplex printing (or two-sided printing) allows you to print on both sides of a
sheet of paper. For sizes that are acceptable for duplex printing, see
"
Supported
Paper Sizes.
"
Duplex Printing With Duplexer (Dell 2150cdn Color Printer Only)
1
Click
Start
Printers and Faxes
.
242 Printing
For Windows XP: Click
start
Printers and Faxes
.
For Windows Vista: Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and
Sound
Printers
.
For Windows Server 2008: Click
Start
Control Panel
Printers
.
For Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows 7: Click
Start
Devices and
Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer and select
Printing Preferences
.
The
Paper/Output
tab appears.
3
Select
Paper Source from Tray 1
,
Tray 2
, and
Auto
.
4
From
Duplex
, select
Flip on Long Edge
or
Flip on Short Edge
.
NOTE: For details on the Flip on Long Edge and Flip on Short Edge
options, see
"
Flip on Long Edge
"
and
"
Flip on Short Edge.
"
5
Click
OK
.
Duplex Printing Without Duplexer (Dell 2150cn Color Printer Only)
Manual duplex printing (or two-sided printing) allows you to manually print on
both sides of the paper. For information on the paper sizes that support manual
duplex printing, see
"
Supported Paper Sizes.
"
NOTE: You can use the manual duplex feature using PCL 6 printer driver.
NOTE: To use the manual duplex feature, select Paper Source other than Auto or
SSF.
1
Click
Start
Printers and Faxes
.
For Windows XP: Click
start
Printers and Faxes
.
For Windows Vista: Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and
Sound
Printers
.
For Windows Server 2008: Click
Start
Control Panel
Printers
.
For Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows 7: Click
Start
Devices and
Printers
.
2
Right-click the printer and select
Printing Preferences
.
The
Paper/Output
tab appears.
Printing 243
3
From
Paper Source
, select
Tray 1
or
Tray 2
.
4
From
Duplex
, select
Flip on Long Edge
or
Flip on Short Edge
.
NOTE: For details on the Flip on Long Edge and Flip on Short Edge
options, see
"
Flip on Long Edge
"
and
"
Flip on Short Edge.
"
5
Click
OK
.
A window that shows the instructions for manual duplex printing appears.
The even-numbered pages are printed from the printer.
Clicking the
OK
button on your printer driver will first print the even-
numbered pages of your document. If your document consists of six pages,
its even-numbered pages are printed in the order of page 6, 4, and then 2.
After the even-numbered pages are printed, a message
Insert Output
to Tray 1
(
Tray 2
) (
071-920
or
072-920
) appears on the operator
panel
.
6
Remove the stack of output from the output tray. Load the stack back into the
tray without turning it over (with the blank side face up).
7
A message
Press to continue printing
(
071-921
or
072-921
) appears on the operator panel. Press the
(Set)
button.
The odd-numbered pages are printed in the order of page 1, 3, and then 5.
NOTE: You cannot duplex print mix-sized documents.
244 Printing
Using Booklet Print (Dell 2150cn and 2150cdn Models)
To use the booklet print feature, select Booklet Creation in the
Booklet/Poster/Mixed Document dialog box displayed by clicking the
Booklet/Poster/Mixed Document button. Flip on Long Edge binding position
is selected by default. If you want to change the position, select Flip on Short
Edge from the Duplex menu in the printer properties dialog box.
NOTE: For Dell 2150cdn Color Printer, select Paper Source or Auto to use the
booklet printing feature. For Dell 2150cn Color Printer, select Paper Source. You
cannot select Auto or SSF for booklet printing.
NOTE: When XPS driver is used, booklet print is not available.
Flip on Long Edge Assumes binding along the long edge of the page (left edge for
portrait orientation and top edge for landscape orientation). The
following illustration shows long-edge binding for portrait and
landscape pages:
Printing 245
Using the Stored Print Function
When you send a job to the printer, you can specify in the driver that you want
the printer to store the job in the memory. When you are ready to print the job,
go to the printer and use the operator panel menus to identify which job in the
memory you want to print. You can use this function for Secure Print, Private
MailBox Print, Public MailBox Print, and Proof Print.
NOTE: Stored Print function is available when:
• The optional memory module is installed.
• The RAM disk is enabled in the operator panel menu.
•RAM Disk is set to Available in the printer driver.
NOTE: The data in memory is cleared when the printer is turned off.
The stored print function includes the following job types:
• Secure Print
• Private MailBox Print
Flip on Short Edge Assumes binding along the short edge of the page (top edge for
portrait orientation and left edge for landscape orientation). The
following illustration shows short-edge binding for portrait and
landscape pages:
246 Printing
• Public MailBox Print
• Proof Print
Secure Print
You can store print jobs temporarily in printer memory and print them later from
the operator panel. This feature can be used to print confidential documents. A
stored print job will be deleted after you print it or at a designated time.
NOTE: Secure Print is available when using the PCL driver.
Private MailBox Print
You can store print jobs temporarily in printer memory and print them at a more
convenient time from the operator panel. This feature can be used to print
confidential documents. The stored jobs remain in printer memory until you
delete them on the operator panel or turn off the printer.
NOTE: Private MailBox Print is available when using the PCL driver.
Public MailBox Print
You can store print jobs temporarily in printer memory and print them at a more
convenient time from the operator panel or turn off the printer. A print job is
stored until you delete it from printer memory on the printer operator panel. You
cannot use the password function with this feature. This function does not
require a password to print a stored job.
NOTE: Public MailBox Print is available when using the PCL driver.
Proof Print
When you specify multiple copies for a collated job, this feature allows you to
print only the first set for checking, before proceeding to print the remaining
copies at the printer.
NOTE: If a print job is too large for the memory available, the printer may display
error messages.
NOTE: If a document name is not assigned to your print job in the printer driver,
the job's name will be identified using the printer's time and date of submission to
distinguish it from other jobs you have stored under your name.
NOTE: Proof Print is available when using the PCL driver.
Printing 247
Storing Print Jobs
When you select a job type other than Normal Print in the Paper/Output tab of
the printer driver, the job will be stored in temporary memory until you request
to print it from the operator panel or turn off the printer.
NOTE: Secure Print and Private MailBox Print require specifying a password for
confidentiality.
Printing the Stored Jobs
Once jobs are stored, you can use the operator panel to specify printing. Select
the job type you are using from Secure Print, Private MailBox Print, Public
MailBox Print, and Proof Print. Then, select your user name from a list. Secure
Print and Private MailBox Print require the password you specified in the driver
when you sent the job.
To print the stored documents, use the procedure below.
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press button until
Print Menu
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press button until the desired job type appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The stored document will be printed.
Specifying Your Password on the Operator Panel (Secure Print/Private
MailBox Print)
When you select Secure Print or Private MailBox Print from the
Print Menu after selecting your user name, the following prompt appears:
Use the buttons on the operator panel to enter the numeric password you
specified in the printer driver. The password you entered will be displayed as
asterisks (*******) to ensure confidentiality.
[]
248 Printing
If you enter an invalid password, the message Wrong Password appears. Wait
three seconds, or press the (Set) or (Cancel) button to return to the
screen for user selection.
When you enter a valid password, you have access to all print jobs matching the
user name and password you entered. The print jobs matching the password you
entered appear on the screen. You can then choose to print or delete jobs
matching the password you entered. (See
"
Printing the Stored Jobs
"
for more
information.)
Deleting Stored Jobs
With Secure Print, a job that has been stored will be deleted after printing or
deleted at a designated time if entered on the operator panel or at turning off the
printer.
For other jobs, these jobs remain stored until you delete them on the operator
panel or turn off the printer.
Printing a Report Page
By using the
Reports
menu, you can print a variety of settings for your printer
including system settings, panel setting, and font list. The following sections
describe two examples of printing from the
Reports
menu.
• Printing Printer Settings Report
• Printing Font Sample List
Printing Printer Settings Report
To verify detailed printer settings, print a printer settings report. A printed
printer settings report also allows you to verify whether or not options have been
installed properly.
See
"
Understanding the Printer Menus
"
to identify the display and operator
panel buttons if you need help.
When Using the Operator Panel
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Ensure that
Report/List
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
Printing 249
3
Ensure that
Printer Settings
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The printer settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box
.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The
Tool Box
opens.
2
Ensure that the
Printer Settings Report
tab is open.
3
Select
Reports
from the list at the left side of the page.
The
Reports
page appears.
4
Click the
Printer Settings
button.
The printer settings report is printed
The message
Send Printer Information.
appears while the page prints.
The printer returns to the standby mode after printing the printer settings report.
If any other message appears when you print this page, see the online Help for
more information.
Printing Font Sample List
To print samples of all the fonts currently available for your printer:
When Using the Operator Panel
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Ensure that
Report/List
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press button until
PCL Fonts List
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The PCL fonts list is printed.
250 Printing
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box
.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The
Tool Box
opens.
2
Ensure that the
Printer Settings Report
tab is open.
3
Select
Reports
from the list at the left side of the page.
The
Reports
page appears.
4
Click the
PCL Fonts List
button.
The PCL fonts list is printed.
The message
Send Printer Information.
appears while the page prints.
The printer returns to the standby mode after printing the font sample list.
Printer Settings
You can change most of the system settings from your software program. If your
printer is attached to the network, you can change settings from the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web
Too l, type the printer's IP address in your web browser. To find your printer's IP
address, see
"
Printing Printer Settings Report.
"
Settings from the software program update the default system settings for the
printer. Settings from the printer driver only apply to the job that you are
currently sending to the printer.
If you cannot change a setting from your software program, use the operator
panel, Tool Box or the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. Changing a
system setting from the operator panel, Tool Box or from the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool makes that setting the user default.
Printing Printer Settings Report
You can verify the detailed system settings by printing a
printer settings report
.
Printing 251
When Using the Operator Panel
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Ensure that
Report/List
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Ensure that
Printer Settings
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The printer settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box
.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The
Tool Box
opens.
2
Ensure that the
Printer Settings Report
tab is open.
3
Select
Reports
from the list at the left side of the page.
The
Reports
page appears.
4
Click the
Printer Settings
button.
The printer settings report is printed
Using the Operator Panel to Change the Printer Settings
You can select menu items and corresponding values from the operator panel.
When you first browse through the menus from the operator panel, you see an
asterisk (*) next to an item in the menus.
The asterisks indicate the factory default menu settings. These settings are the
original printer settings.
NOTE: Factory defaults may vary for different countries.
When you select a new setting from the operator panel, an asterisk appears next
to the setting to identify it as the current user default menu setting.
252 Printing
These settings are active until new ones are selected or the factory defaults are
restored.
To select a new value as a setting:
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press or button until the desired menu appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press or button until the desired menu or menu item appears, and
then press the
(Set)
button.
• If the selection is a menu, the menu is opened and the first system setting
in the menu appears.
• If the selection is a menu item, the default menu setting for the menu
item appears. (The current user default menu setting has an asterisk (*)
beside it.)
Each menu item has a list of values for the menu item. A value can be:
• A phrase or word to describe a setting
• A numerical value that can be changed
• An On or Off setting
4
Press or button until the desired value appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
5
Press the
(Cancel)
or button to return to the previous menu.
To continue setting other items, select the desired menu. To quit setting new
values, press the
(Cancel)
button.
Driver settings may override changes previously made and may require you to
change the operator panel defaults.
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to Change the Printer
Settings
If your printer is connected to the network, you can change the printer settings
from your web browser. If you are a network administrator, you can clone the
system settings of one printer to one or all the printers on the network.
Printing 253
Type the IP address of your printer in your web browser. Choose Printer
Settings from the topics list, and then select the System Settings you want to
change.
To change the paper type and size, choose Tray Settings from the topics list. To
change the Color Track settings, choose Print Volume from the topics list, and
then select the Dell Color Track tab.
To copy your system settings to another printer on the network, choose Copy
Printer Settings from the topics list, and then type the other printer's IP address.
If you do not know your printer's IP address, see the
printer settings report or
display the TCP/IP settings
.
When Using the Operator Panel
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Ensure that
Report/List
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Ensure that
Printer Settings
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The printer settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box
.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The
Tool Box
opens.
2
Ensure that the
Printer Settings Report
tab is open.
3
Select
TCP/IP Settings
from the list at the left side of the page.
The
TCP/IP Settings
page appears.
254 Printing
Resetting Defaults
After resetting defaults and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters,
except the parameters for the network, are reset to their default values.
When Using the Operator Panel
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press button until
Admin Menu
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press button until
Maintenance
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Press button until
Reset Defaults
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The
Are you sure?
message appears on the operator panel.
5
Press the
(Set)
button.
NOTE: To cancel resetting defaults, press the (Cancel) button.
The printer is turned off automatically to apply the settings.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box
.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The
Tool Box
opens.
2
Click the
Printer Maintenance
tab.
3
Select
Reset Defaults
from the list at the left side of the page.
The
Reset Defaults
page appears.
4
Select the
System Section
button.
The printer is turned off automatically to apply the settings.
Printing 255
Adjusting the Language
To display a different language on the operator panel:
Using the Operator Panel
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press button until
Panel Language
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press button until the desired language appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box
.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The
Tool Box
opens.
2
Click the
Printer Maintenance
tab.
3
Select
System Settings
from the list at the left side of the page.
The
System Settings
page appears.
4
Select the desired language from
Panel Language
, and then press the
Apply
New Settings
button.
256 Printing
257
Know Your Printer
258
Understanding the Tool Box Menus 259
18
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
The Tool Box allows you to view, specify, and diagnose the system settings.
The Tool Box consists of the Printer Settings Report, Printer Maintenance,
and Diagnosis tabs.
NOTE: A Password dialog box appears the first time you try to change settings
on Tool Box when Panel Lock is set on the printer. In this case, input the password
that you have already specified, and click OK to apply the settings.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
Printer Settings Report
The Printer Settings Report tab includes the Printer Information, Menu
Settings, Reports, TCP/IP Settings.
Printer Information
Purpose:
To display the system information of the printer.
Value s:
Dell Service Tag Number Displays the service tag number of your printer.
Express Service Code Displays the express service code number.
Printer Serial Number Displays the serial number of your printer.
Printer Type Displays the type of printing for the printer. Color
Laser is displayed normally.
Asset Tag Number Displays the asset tag number of your printer.
Memory Capacity Displays the memory capacity.
Processor Speed Displays the processing speed.
260 Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Menu Settings
Purpose:
To display the menu settings of the printer.
Val ues:
Firmware Version Displays the version of the controller.
Network Firmware Version Displays the NIC version.
MCU Firmware Version Displays the version of the Machine Control Unit
(MCU) firmware.
Printing Speed (Color) Displays the speed for color printing.
Printing Speed
(Monochrome)
Displays the speed for monochrome printing.
System Settings Power Saver Timer Sleep Displays the amount of transition time
to the Sleep mode after the printer
finishes a job.
Power Saver Timer Deep
Sleep
Displays the amount of transition time
between the Sleep mode and the Deep
Sleep mode.
Auto Reset Displays the amount of time before the
printer automatically resets the settings
on the operator panel to the defaults
when no additional settings are made.
Control Panel Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the operator panel input
is correct. Off indicates that the tone is
disabled.
Invalid Key Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the operator panel input
is incorrect. Off indicates that the tone
is disabled.
Machine Ready Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the printer becomes
ready. Off indicates that the tone is
disabled.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus 261
Job Completed Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when a job other than copying
is complete. Off indicates that the tone
is disabled.
Fault Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when a job ends abnormally.
Off indicates that the tone is disabled.
Alert Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when a problem occurs. Off
indicates that the tone is disabled.
Out of Paper Alert Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the printer runs out of
paper. Off indicates that the tone is
disabled.
Low Toner Alert Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the toner is low. Off
indicates that the tone is disabled.
Auto Clear Alert Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted 5 seconds before the printer
performs auto clear. Off indicates that
the tone is disabled.
Fault Time-out Displays the amount of time the printer
waits before canceling a job that stops
abnormally.
Job Time-out Displays the amount of time the printer
waits for data to arrive from the
computer.
Panel Language Displays the language that is used on
the operator panel screen.
Auto Log Print Displays whether to automatically print
a job history report after every 20 jobs.
Print ID Displays where to print a user ID on the
output paper.
Print Text Displays whether the printer outputs
PDL (Page Description Language) data
(which is not supported by the printer)
as text when the printer receives it.
262 Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Banner Sheet Insert
Position*3
Displays where to insert the banner
sheet.
Banner Sheet Specify
Tray*3
Displays the banner sheet tray.
RAM Disk*1 Displays whether to allocate RAM for
the disk file system for the Secure Print
and Proof Print features.
Substitute Tray Displays an indication to use paper of a
different size when the paper that is
loaded in the specified tray does not
match the paper size settings for the
current job.
mm/inch Displays the measurement unit used on
the operator panel.
Default Print Paper Size Displays the default print paper size.
ColorTrack Error Report Displays whether to print the error
report on the ColorTrack
Letterhead Duplex Mode*3 Displays whether to print both sides of
a sheet of letterhead paper.
Low Toner Alert Msg Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the toner is low. Off
indicates that the tone is disabled.
Date & Time Date Format Displays the selected date format.
Time Format Displays the selected time format; 24H
or 12H.
Time Zone Displays the selected time zone.
Set Date Displays the date setting.
Set Time Displays the time setting.
Paper Density Plain Displays the plain paper density
settings.
Label Displays the label paper density
settings.
Auto
Registration
Adjustment
Auto Registration
Adjustment
Displays whether to automatically
adjust color registration.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus 263
Reports
Purpose:
To print the settings and history information of the printer.
The reports are printed in the paper size specified in system settings. The default
is A4.
Value s:
Adjust Altitude Adjust Altitude Displays the altitude of the location
where the printer is installed.
Non-Dell Toner Non-Dell Toner Displays whether to use toner cartridge
of another manufacturer.
Tray Settings Tray 1 Paper Type Displays the paper type setting of the
standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Paper Size Displays the paper size setting of the
standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Custom Size - Y Displays the length of custom size
paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet
tray.
Tray 1 Custom Size - X Displays the width of custom size paper
loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Display Popup Displays a popup menu that prompts to
set the paper size and type when paper
is loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 2 Paper Type*2 Displays the paper type setting of the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Paper Size*2 Displays the paper size setting of the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Display Popup*2 Displays a popup menu that prompts to
set the paper size and type when paper
is loaded in the optional 250-sheet
feeder.
*1 This item is available only when the optional 512 MB memory module is installed.
*2 This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
*3 This item is available only for Dell 2150cdn Color Printer.
264 Understanding the Tool Box Menus
TCP/IP Settings
Purpose:
To display the current settings of TCP/IP (Transmission Control
Protocol/Internet Protocol).
Val ues:
Printer Maintenance
The Printer Maintenance tab includes the System Settings, Date & Time,
Paper Density, Color Registration Adjustment, Adjust Altitude, Reset
Defaults, Non-Dell Toner, Initialize Print Meter, Tray Settings, TCP/IP
Settings, and Network Settings pages.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Printer Settings Click this button to print a detailed list of the printer settings.
Panel Settings Click this button to print a detailed list of the panel settings.
PCL Fonts List Click this button to print a list of the PCL (Hewlett-Packard
Printer Control Language) Fonts.
PCL Macro List Click this button to print a list of the PCL Macro.
Job History Click this button to print the Completed Jobs history of the
printer.
Error History Click this button to print the error history of the printer.
Print Meter Click this button to print the report for the total number of pages
printed.
Color Test Page Click this button to print a color test page.
Stored Documents*1 Click this button to print a list of the Stored Documents.
*1 You can print the list only when RAM disk is enabled.
IP Address Mode Displays the method for acquiring the IP address.
IP Address Displays the IP address of the printer.
Subnet Mask Displays the subnet mask.
Gateway Address Displays the gateway address.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus 265
System Settings
Purpose:
To configure the power management of the printer, auto clear time, alarm tones,
time-out time, mm/inch setting, job log auto print, position of the Print ID,
setting of the dump print, setting of the additional memory, setting of the
substitute sheet, and operator panel language settings.
Value s:
Power
Saver
Timer
Sleep*1 1–30 minutes Sets the amount of transition time to the
Sleep mode after the printer finishes a
job.
3 minutes*
Deep
Sleep*1
5–60 minutes Sets the amount of transition time
between the Sleep mode and the Deep
Sleep mode.
10 minutes*
Auto Reset 45 seconds*Sets the amount of time before the
printer automatically resets the settings
on the operator panel to the defaults
when no additional settings are made.
1 minute
2 minutes
3 minutes
4 minutes
266 Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Audio Tone Control
Panel
Off* Does not emit a tone when the operator
panel input is correct.
On Emits a tone at the specified volume
when the operator panel input is
correct.
Invalid Key Off*Does not emit a tone when the operator
panel input is incorrect.
On Emits a tone at the specified volume
when the operator panel input is
incorrect.
Machine
Ready
Off Does not emit a tone when the printer
becomes ready.
On*Emits a tone at the specified volume
when the printer becomes ready.
Job
Completed
Off Does not emit a tone when any other
job except copying is complete.
On*Emits a tone at the specified volume
when any other job except copying is
complete.
Fault Tone Off Does not emit a tone when a job ends
abnormally.
On*Emits a tone at the specified volume
when a job ends abnormally.
Alert Tone Off Does not emit a tone when a problem
occurs.
On*Emits a tone at the specified volume
when a problem occurs.
Out of
Paper
Off Does not emit a tone when the printer
runs out of paper.
On*Emits a tone at the specified volume
when the printer runs out of paper.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus 267
Low Toner
Alert
Off Does not emit a tone when the toner is
low.
On*Emits a tone at the specified volume
when the toner is low.
Auto Clear
Alert
Off*Does not emit a tone before the printer
performs auto clear.
On Emits a tone at the specified volume 5
seconds before the printer performs
auto clear.
Fault Time-out 0 Sets the amount of time the printer
waits before canceling a job when the
job stops abnormally.
3–300 seconds
60 seconds*
Job Time-out 0 Sets the amount of time the printer
waits for additional data from the
computer before it cancels the job.
5–300 seconds
30 seconds*
Auto Log Print Off*Does not automatically print a job
history report after every 20 jobs.
On Automatically prints a job history
report after every 20 jobs.
Print ID Off*Does not print the user ID.
Top Le ft Prints the user ID on the specified
location.
Top Right
Bottom Left
Bottom Right
Print Text Off Does not print the received PDL data as
text data.
On*Prints the received PDL data as text
data.
268 Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Banner Sheet*3 Insert
Position
Off*Does not insert the banner sheet.
Front Sets where to insert the banner sheet.
Back
Front &
Back
Specify
Tray
Tray1*Sets the tray for the banner sheet.
Tray2*2
RAM Disk*4 Disable Does not allocate RAM for the disk file
system. Secure Print and Proof Print
jobs will abort and be recorded to the
job log.
50-500MBytes Allocates RAM for the disk file system
automatically.
(in 50MBytes increments)
300MBytes*
Substitute Tray Off No tray size substitute accepted.
Larger Size Substitutes paper of next largest size.
When there is no larger paper size, the
printer substitutes paper of nearest size.
Nearest Size*Substitutes paper of nearest size.
mm/inch Millimeters(mm)*Selects millimeter or inch as the default
measurement unit.
Inches(")
Default Print
Paper Size
A4*Sets the default print paper size.
Letter
ColorTrack
Error Report
Off*Does not automatically print error-
related information if printing with
ColorTrack results in an error.
On Automatically prints error-related
information if printing with ColorTrack
results in an error.
Letterhead
Duplex Mode*3
Disable*Does not prints on both sides of a sheet
of letterhead paper.
Enable Prints on both sides of a sheet of
letterhead paper.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus 269
Date & Time
Purpose:
To specify the date and time.
Value s:
Low Toner Alert
Msg
On*Shows the alert message when the toner
is low.
Off Does not show the alert message when
the toner is low.
Panel Language English*Sets the language to be used on the
operator panel.
French
Italian
German
Spanish
Danish
Dutch
Norwegian
Swedish
Apply New Settings After you change the settings, click this
button to apply the changes.
Restart printer to apply new settings Click this button to apply the changes.
*1 Enter 3 to put the printer in the power saver timer mode 3 minutes after it finishes a
job. This uses much less energy, but requires more warm-up time for the printer.
Enter 3 if your printer shares an electrical circuit with room lighting and you notice
lights flickering.
Select a high value if your printer is in constant use. Under most circumstances, this
keeps the printer ready to operate with minimum warm-up time. Select a value
between 1 and 30 minutes for the power saver timer mode if you want a balance
between energy consumption and a shorter warm-up period.
The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the power saver timer
mode when it receives data from the computer. You can also return the printer to the
standby mode by pressing any button on the operator panel.
*2 This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
*3 This item is available only for Dell 2150cdn Color Printer.
*4 This item is available only when the optional 512 MB memory module is installed.
270 Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Paper Density
Purpose:
To specify the paper density settings.
Val ues:
Color Registration Adjustment
Purpose:
To set Color Registration Adjustment (individual yellow, magenta, cyan
correction) settings. When Auto Registration Adjustment is set to On, the
printer prints the color registration chart and adjusts the color registration by
using the chart. Color registration adjustments need to be made during the initial
setup of the printer or when the printer is moved to a different location.
Date Format Sets the date format.
Time Format Sets the time format in 24H or 12H.
Time Zone Sets the time zone.
Set Date Sets the date.
Set Time Sets the time. You can select AM or PM when Time
Format is set to 12H.
Apply New Settings After you change the settings, click this button to apply
the changes.
Restart printer to apply new
settings
Click this button to restart the printer and apply the
changes.
Plain Light Sets plain paper density.
Normal*
Label Light Sets label paper density.
Normal*
Apply New Settings After you change the settings, click this button to apply
the changes.
Restart printer to apply new
settings
Click this button to restart the printer and apply the
changes.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus 271
Value s:
Auto
Registration
Adjustment
Auto Registration
Adjustment
Off Does not perform color
registration automatically.
On*Performs color registration
automatically.
Manual
Registration
Adjustments
*1
Auto Correct Click Start to perform color
registration automatically.
Print Color Regi Chart Click Start to print a color
registration chart.
Registration
Adjustments
PY(Process
Yellow)
-9 to +9 Sets lateral (perpendicular to
paper feed direction) and
process (paper feed direction)
color adjustment values that are
found in the color registration
chart individually for Yel l ow,
Magenta, and Cyan.
0*
PM(Process
Magenta)
-9 to +9
0*
PC(Process
Cyan)
-9 to +9
0*
LY(Left
Yellow)
-9 to +9
0*
LM(Left
Magenta)
-9 to +9
0*
LC(Left
Cyan)
-9 to +9
0*
RY(Right
Yellow)
-9 to +9
0*
RM(Right
Magenta)
-9 to +9
0*
RC(Right
Cyan)
-9 to +9
0*
Apply New Settings After you complete change the
settings, click this button to
apply the changes.
272 Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Adjust Altitude
Purpose:
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
The method for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric pressure.
Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the
printer is being used.
Val ues:
Reset Defaults
Purpose:
To initialize wired network data stored in non-volatile memory (NVM). After
executing this function and rebooting the printer, all wired network settings are
reset to their default values.
Val ues:
Non-Dell Toner
NOTICE: Using a non-Dell toner cartridge may severely damage your printer.
The warranty does not cover damages caused by using non-Dell toner cartridges.
Restart printer to apply new settings Click this button to restart the
printer and apply the changes.
*1 This item is available only when Auto Registration Adjustment is set to Off.
Adjust Altitude 0 meter*Sets the altitude of the location where the
printer is installed.
1000 meters
2000 meters
3000 meters
Apply New Settings After you change the settings, click this button
to apply the changes.
Restart printer to apply new settings Click this button to restart the printer and apply
the changes.
System Section Initializes the system parameters.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus 273
Purpose:
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
Value s:
Initialize Print Meter
Purpose:
To initialize the Print Meter. When the print meter is initialized, the meter count
is reset to 0.
Value s:
Tray Settings
Purpose:
To specify the paper types and sizes for the standard 250-sheet tray and the
optional 250-sheet feeder respectively.
Value s:
Non-Dell
Toner
Off*Disables the use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
On Enables the use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
Apply New Settings After you change the settings, click this button to apply
the changes.
Restart printer to apply new
settings
Click this button to restart the printer and apply the
changes.
Initialize Print Meter Click Start to initialize the Print Meter.
274 Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Tray 1 Paper Type Plain*Sets the type of paper loaded in the
standard 250-sheet tray.
Plain Thick
Covers
Covers Thick
Label
Envelope
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Plain - Side 2
Plain Thick - Side 2
Recycled Side 2
Color - Side 2
Tray 1 Paper Size A4*Sets the size of paper loaded in the
standard 250-sheet tray.
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch
Monarch Landscape
DL
DL Landscape
C5
Custom Size
Understanding the Tool Box Menus 275
Tray 1 Custom Size
- Y
127–355 mm
(5.0-14.0 inch)
Sets the length of custom size paper
loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
297 mm* (11.7 inch)
Tray 1 Custom Size
- X
77–215 mm
(3.0–8.5 inch)
Sets the width of custom size paper
loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
210 mm* (8.3 inch)
Tray 1 Display
Popup
On* Displays a popup message that prompts
the user to set Paper Type and Paper
Size when the paper is loaded in the
standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 2 Paper
Type*1
Plain*Sets the type of paper loaded in the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
Plain Thick
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Plain - Side 2
Plain Thick - Side 2
Recycled - Side 2
Color - Side 2
Tray 2 Paper Size*1 A4*Sets the size of paper loaded in the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
Tray 2 Display
Popup*1
On*Displays a popup message that prompts
the user to set Paper Type and Paper
Size when the paper is loaded in the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
276 Understanding the Tool Box Menus
TCP/IP Settings
Purpose:
To configure TCP/IP settings.
Val ues:
Apply New Settings After you change the settings, click this
button to apply the changes.
Restart printer to apply new settings Click this button to restart the printer and
apply the changes.
*1 This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
IP Address
Mode
AutoIP*Automatically sets the IP address.
A random value in the range of 169.254.1.0 to
169.254.254.255 that is not currently in use on the
network is set as the IP address. The subnet mask is set
as 255.255.0.0.
BOOTP Sets the IP address using BOOTP.
RARP Sets the IP address using RARP.
DHCP Sets the IP address using DHCP.
Panel Manually sets the IP address.
IP Address Manually sets the IP address allocated to the printer.
It is allocated to the printer using the format
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 254. 127
and any value in the range of 224 to 254 cannot be
specified for the first octet of a gateway address.
Subnet Mask Manually sets the subnet mask.
It is specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each
octet that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the
range of 0 to 255. 255.255.255.255 cannot be specified
as the subnet mask.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus 277
Network Settings
NOTE: Network Settings is not available when the printer is connected
using a USB cable.
Purpose:
To configure the setup of the printer using your web browser.
Value s:
Diagnosis
The Diagnosis tab includes the Chart Print, Machine Check, Paper Wrinkle
Check Mode, Environment Sensor Info, Clean Developer, and Refresh
Mode pages.
Gateway Address Manually sets the gateway address.
It is specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each
octet that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the
range of 0 to 254. 127 and any value in the range of 224
to 254 cannot be specified for the first octet of a gateway
address.
Apply New Settings After you change the settings, click this button to apply
the changes.
Restart printer to apply new
settings
Click this button to restart the printer and apply the
changes.
Print Server
Settings*1
Display Click to display the Print Server Setup page on the Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Display of
EWS
Off Does not display the server settings for the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool.
On*Displays the server settings for the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool.
Apply New Settings After you change the settings, click this button to apply
the changes.
Restart printer to apply new
settings
Click this button to restart the printer and apply the
changes.
*1 This item is available only when Display of EWS is set to On.
278 Understanding the Tool Box Menus
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Chart Print
Purpose:
To print various charts that can be used for diagnosis of the printer. The chart is
printed to A4 or letter size paper.
Val ues:
Machine Check
Purpose:
To check the operation of the printer components.
Val ues:
Pitch Configuration Chart Prints full halftone pages for yellow, magenta, cyan, and
black. Also prints pages to check the pitch. A total of
five pages are output.
Ghost Configuration Chart Prints a chart to check for ghost printing. One page is
printed.
4 Colors Configuration
Chart
Bands of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black are printed
with varying density. One page is printed.
MQ Chart Prints charts to check for the binding in A4 or Letter.
Alignment Chart Prints a chart to check for proper alignment of the print
image on the paper. One page is printed.
Drum Refresh
Configuration Chart
Prints a chart to check the light fatigue of the drum
cartridge.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus 279
Paper Wrinkle Check Mode
Purpose:
To determine whether or not paper is wrinkled in the fuser.
This function stops printing before the paper enters the fuser. After you remove
the paper inside the printer, check the following:
• If the paper is wrinkled, the wrinkle occurred in the part other than fuser.
• If the paper is not wrinkled, the wrinkle occurred in the fuser.
Value s:
Machine
Check
Main Motor
Operation Check*
Click Start to operate the main motor inside the
printer. Confirm the motor sound.
Fuser Motor
Operation Check
Click Start to operate the fuser motor. Confirm
the motor sound.
Feed Roll Operation
Check* 1
Click Start to operate the feed roll. Confirm the
motor sound.
REGI CLUTCH
Operation Check
Click Start to operate the REGI CLUTCH.
Confirm that you can hear the clutch clicking.
Dispense Motor
Check (Yellow)
Click Start to operate the dispense motor for
each toner cartridge. Confirm the motor sound.
Dispense Motor
Check (Magenta)
Dispense Motor
Check (Cyan)
Dispense Motor
Check (Black)
Play of Sound Plays back through speakers of your computer a
recording of the normal sound for the currently
selected Machine Check item.
Start Click this button to check the operation of the
items selected with Machine Check and output
the results to Result.
Result Displays the results of the checked items.
*1 When performing the feed roll operation check, remove the paper tray from the
printer.
280 Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Environment Sensor Info
Purpose:
Paper Size A4* Sets the size of paper to be used by the
Paper Wrinkle Check Mode.
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch
DL
C5
Paper Type Plain* Sets the type of paper to be used by the
Paper Wrinkle Check Mode.
Plain Thick
Covers
Covers Thick
Label
Recycled
Envelope
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Rear side Off* Does not use the print side 2 of the paper.
On Uses the print side 2 of the paper.
Color Mode Color* Prints in color mode.
Black & White Prints in monochrome mode.
Start Click this button to print in the specified paper size, type, and color
mode.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus 281
To print the internal environment sensor information of the printer to Result.
Value s:
Clean Developer
Purpose:
To rotate the developer motor and stir the toner in the toner cartridge.
Value s:
Refresh Mode
Purpose:
To use up a toner cartridge or PHD unit when you need to replace it before the
end of its life, or to stir the toner in a new toner cartridge.
NOTE: Using the Refresh Mode consumes extra toner.
Value s:
Resetting Defaults
After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters,
except the parameters for the network, are reset to their default values.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
Get Environment
Sensor Info
Click this button to confirm the internal environment sensor
information of the printer such as temperature and humidity.
Clean Developer Click Start to stir the toner.
Toner Refresh
Mode
Yellow Click Yellow to clean the yellow cartridge.
Magenta Click Magenta to clean the magenta cartridge.
Cyan Click Cyan to clean the cyan cartridge.
Black Click Black to clean the black cartridge.
Drum Refresh
Mode
Drum Click Drum to clean the drum.
282 Understanding the Tool Box Menus
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Ensure that the Printer Maintenance tab is open.
3 Select Reset Defaults from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reset Defaults page appears.
4 Click System Section button.
The printer restarts automatically to apply the settings.
Understanding the Printer Menus 283
19
Understanding the Printer Menus
When your printer is connected to a network and available to a number of users,
the access to the Admin Menu can be limited. This prevents other users from
using the operator panel to inadvertently change a user default that has been set
by the administrator.
However, you can use your printer driver to override user defaults and select
settings for individual print jobs.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
Report / List
Use the Report/List menu to print various types of reports and lists.
Printer Setting
Purpose:
To print a list of the current user default values, the installed options, the amount
of installed print memory, and the status of printer supplies.
Panel Settings
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of all the settings on the operator panel menus.
PCL Fonts List
Purpose:
To print a sample of the available PCL fonts.
See also:
"Understanding Fonts", "Printing Font Sample List"
PCL Macro List
Purpose:
284 Understanding the Printer Menus
To print the information on the downloaded PCL macro.
Job History
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of the print jobs that have been processed. This list
contains the last 20 jobs.
Error History
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of paper jams and fatal errors.
Print Meter
Purpose:
To print the reports for the total number of pages printed.
Color Test Page
Purpose:
To print a page for testing colors.
Stored Documents
NOTE: Stored Documents feature is available only when the optional 512 MB
memory module is installed on the printer and RAM Disk under System
Settings is enabled.
Purpose:
To print a list of all files stored for Secure Print, Private Mail Box
Print, Public Mail Box Print, and Proof Print in the RAM
disk.
Admin Menu
Use the Admin Menu menu to configure a variety of printer features.
Print Language
Purpose:
Understanding the Printer Menus 285
To specify the settings for PCL.
PCL
Use the PCL menu to change printer settings that only affect jobs using the PCL
emulation printer language.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Paper Tray
Purpose:
To specify the default paper tray.
Value s:
Paper Size
Purpose:
To specify the default paper size.
Value s:
mm series
Auto*
Tray 1
Tray 2*1
SSF
*1 This item is available only when
the optional 250-sheet feeder is
installed.
A4*1
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
286 Understanding the Printer Menus
inch series
NOTE: Selecting a custom size for the paper size prompts you to enter a custom
length and width.
Orientation
Purpose:
To specify how text and graphics are oriented on the page.
Val ues:
Envelope #10
Monarch
DL
C5
Custom Size
*1 Denotes country-specific factory
default value.
Letter*1
Folio
Legal
A4
A5
B5
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch
DL
C5
Custom Size
*1 Denotes country-specific factory
default value.
Understanding the Printer Menus 287
2 Sided
NOTE: 2 Sided print feature is available only for Dell 2150cdn Color Printer.
Purpose:
To specify whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Value s:
Portrait*Prints text and graphics parallel to the short edge of the paper.
Landscape Prints text and graphics parallel to the long edge of the paper.
2 Sided Print Off*Does not print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
On Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Binding Edge Flip Long Edge*Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be
bound by long edge.
Flip Short Edge Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be
bound by short edge.
288 Understanding the Printer Menus
Font
Purpose:
To specify the default font from the fonts registered in the printer.
Val ues:
CG Times LetterGothic CourierPS
CG Times It LetterGothic It CourierPS Ob
CG Times Bd LetterGothic Bd CourierPS Bd
CG Times BdIt Albertus Md CourierPS BdOb
Univers Md Albertus XBd SymbolPS
Univers MdIt Clarendon Cd Palatino Roman
Univers Bd Coronet Palatino It
Univers BdIt Marigold Palatino Bd
Univers MdCd Arial Palatino BdIt
Univers MdCdIt Arial It ITCBookman Lt
Univers BdCd Arial Bd ITCBookman LtIt
Univers BdCdIt Arial BdIt ITCBookmanDm
AntiqueOlv Times New ITCBookmanDm It
AntiqueOlv It Times New It HelveticaNr
AntiqueOlv Bd Times New Bd HelveticaNr Ob
CG Omega Times New BdIt HelveticaNr Bd
CG Omega It Symbol HelveticaNrBdOb
CG Omega Bd Wingdings N C Schbk Roman
CG Omega BdIt Line Printer N C Schbk It
GaramondAntiqua Times Roman N C Schbk Bd
Garamond Krsv Times It N C Schbk BdIt
Garamond Hlb Times Bd ITC A G Go Bk
GaramondKrsvHlb Times BdIt ITC A G Go BkOb
Courier*Helvetica ITC A G Go Dm
Courier It Helvetica Ob ITC A G Go DmOb
Courier Bd Helvetica Bd ZapfC MdIt
Understanding the Printer Menus 289
Symbol Set
Purpose:
To specify a symbol set for a specified font.
Value s:
Font Size
Purpose:
To specify the font size for scalable typographic fonts.
Value s:
Font size refers to the height of the characters in the font. One point equals
approximately 1/72 of an inch.
NOTE: The Font Size menu is only displayed for typographic fonts.
See also:
Courier BdIt Helvetica BdOb ZapfDingbats
DESKTOP ISO L5 PC-8 TK
DNGBTSMS ISO L6 PI FONT
ISO-11 LEGAL PS MATH
ISO-15 MATH-8 PS TEXT
ISO-17 MC TEXT ROMAN-8*
ISO-21 MS PUB SYMBOL
ISO-4 PC-1004 WIN 3.0
ISO-6 PC-775 WINBALT
ISO-60 PC-8 WINGDINGS
ISO-69 PC-850 WIN L1
ISO L1 PC-852 WIN L2
ISO L2 PC-8 DN WIN L5
12.00*Sets the values in increments of 0.25.
4.00 – 50.00
290 Understanding the Printer Menus
"Pitch and Point Size"
Font Pitch
Purpose:
To specify the font pitch for scalable mono spaced fonts.
Val ues:
Font pitch refers to the number of fixed-space characters in a horizontal inch of
type. For nonscalable mono spaced fonts, the pitch is displayed, but cannot be
changed.
NOTE: The Font Pitch menu is only displayed for fixed or mono spaced
fonts.
See also:
"Pitch and Point Size"
Form Line
Purpose:
To set the number of lines in a page.
Val ues:
mm series
inch series
10.00*Sets the value in increments of 0.01.
6.00–24.00
64*1 Sets the value in increments of 1.
5–128
*1 Denotes country-specific factory default values.
60*1 Sets the value in increments of 1.
5–128
*1 Denotes country-specific factory default values.
Understanding the Printer Menus 291
The printer sets the amount of space between each line (vertical line spacing)
based on the Form Line and Orientation menu items. Select the correct
Form Line and Orientation before changing Form Line.
See also:
"Orientation"
Quantity
Purpose:
To set the default print quantity. (Set the number of copies required for a specific
job from the printer driver. Values selected from the printer driver always
override values selected from the operator panel.)
Value s:
Image Enhance
Purpose:
To specify whether to enable the Image Enhance feature, which makes the
boundary line between black and white smoother to decrease jagged edges and
enhance the visual appearance.
Value s:
Hex Dump
Purpose:
To help isolate the source of a print job problem. With Hex Dump selected, all
data sent to the printer is printed in hexadecimal and character representation.
Control codes are not executed.
Value s:
1*Sets the value in increments of 1.
1–999
Off Disables the Image Enhance feature.
On*Enables the Image Enhance feature.
Disable*Disables the Hex Dump feature.
292 Understanding the Printer Menus
Draft Mode
Purpose:
To save toner by printing in the draft mode. The print quality is reduced when
printing in the draft mode.
Val ues:
LineTermination
Purpose:
To add the line termination commands.
Val ues:
Default Color
Purpose:
To specify the color mode to Color or Black. This setting is used for a print
job that does not specify a print mode.
Val ues:
Enable Enables the Hex Dump feature.
Disable*Does not print in the draft mode.
Enable Prints in the draft mode.
Off*The line termination command is not added.
CR=CR, LF=LF, FF=FF
Add-LF The LF command is added.
CR=CR-LF, LF=LF, FF=FF
Add-CR The CR command is added.
CR=CR, LF=CR-LF, FF=CR-FF
CR-XX The CR and LF commands are added.
CR=CR-LF, LF=CR-LF, FF=CR-FF
Black*Prints in the black and white mode.
Understanding the Printer Menus 293
Network
Use the Network menu to change the printer settings affecting jobs sent to the
printer through the wired or wireless network.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Ethernet
Purpose:
To specify the communication speed and the duplex settings of Ethernet. The
change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Value s:
Wireless Status
NOTE: Wireless Status feature is available only when the printer is connected
using the wireless network.
Purpose:
To confirm the wireless communication status.
Value s:
Color Prints in the color mode.
Auto*Detects the Ethernet settings automatically.
10BASE-T Half Uses 10BASE-T Half-duplex.
10BASE-T Full Uses 10BASE-T Full-duplex.
100BASE-TX Half Uses 100BASE-TX Half-duplex.
100BASE-TX Full Uses 100BASE-TX Full-duplex.
1000BASE-T Full Uses 1000BASE-T Full-duplex.
Connection Good
Acceptable
Low
No Reception
294 Understanding the Printer Menus
Wireless Setup
NOTE: Wireless Setup is available only when the printer is connected using the
wireless network.
Purpose:
To configure the wireless network interface.
Val ues:
Understanding the Printer Menus 295
Manual
Setup
Enter (SSID) Specifies a name to identify the wireless
network. Up to 32 alphanumeric characters can
be entered.
Infra-
structure
Select when you configure the wireless setting through the
access point such as a wireless router.
No Security Specifies No Security to configure the wireless
setting without specifying a security method
from WEP, WPA-PSK-TKIP, and WPA-PSK-
AES.
WEP(64Bit) Specifies the WEP 64 bit key to use through the
wireless network. Up to 10 hexadecimal
characters can be entered.
Transmit
Key
Specifies the transmit key from
WEP Key 1, WEP Key 2, WEP
Key 3, and WEP Key 4.
WEP(128Bit) Specifies the WEP 128 bit key to use through
the wireless network. Up to 26 hexadecimal
characters can be entered.
Transmit
Key
Specifies the transmit key from
WEP Key 1, WEP Key 2, WEP
Key 3, and WEP Key 4.
WPA-PSK-
TKIP
Select to configure the wireless setting with the
security method of WPA-PSK-TKIP.
PassPhrase
Entry
Specifies the passphrase of
alphanumeric characters from 8
to 63 only when WPA-PSK-
TKIP is selected for Encryption.
WPA2-PSK-
AES
Select to configure the wireless setting with the
security method of WPA2-PSK-AES.
PassPhrase
Entry
Specifies the passphrase of
alphanumeric characters from 8
to 63 only when WPA-PSK-AES
is selected for Encryption.
296 Understanding the Printer Menus
Reset Wireless
NOTE: Reset Wireless feature is available only when the printer is connected
using the wireless network.
Purpose:
To initialize wireless network settings. After executing this function and
rebooting the printer, all wireless network settings are reset to their default
values.
Val ues:
Ad-hoc Select to configure the wireless setting without the access point
such as a wireless router.
No Security Select to configure the wireless setting without
specifying the security method from WEP.
WEP(64Bit) Specifies the WEP 64 bit key to use through the
wireless network. Up to 10 hexadecimal
characters can be entered.
Transmit
Key
Specifies the transmit key from
WEP Key 1, WEP Key 2, WEP
Key 3, and WEP Key 4.
WEP(128Bit) Specifies the WEP 128 bit key to use through
the wireless network. Up to 26 hexadecimal
characters can be entered.
Transmit
Key
Specifies the transmit key from
WEP Key 1, WEP Key 2, WEP
Key 3, and WEP Key 4.
WPS Push Btn.
Ctrl
PBC Start Cancel*Disables the security method of
WPS-PBC.
Start Configures the wireless setting
with the security method of
WPS-PBC.
PIN
Code
Start Config.*Configures the wireless setting using the PIN
code assigned automatically by the printer.
Print PIN
Code
Prints the PIN code. Confirm it when entering
PIN assigned to the printer into your computer.
Are You Sure? Press the (Set) button to reset the wireless setting.
Understanding the Printer Menus 297
TCP/IP
Purpose:
To configure TCP/IP settings.
Value s:
IP Mode Dual Stack*Uses both IPv4 and IPv6 to set the IP
address.
IPv4 Mode Uses IPv4 to set the IP address.
IPv6 Mode Uses IPv6 to set the IP address.
298 Understanding the Printer Menus
Protocol
Purpose:
To enable or disable each protocol. The change becomes effective after the
printer is turned off and then on again.
Val ues:
IPv4 Get IP Address AutoIP*Sets the IP address automatically. A random
value in the range of 169.254.1.0 to
169.254.254.255 that is not currently in use
on the network is set as the IP address. The
subnet mask is set as 255.255.0.0.
BOOTP Sets the IP address using BOOTP.
RARP Sets the IP address using RARP.
DHCP Sets the IP address using DHCP.
Panel Use this option when you want to set the IP
address manually on the operator panel.
IP Address When an IP address is being set manually, the
IP is allocated to the printer using the format
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0
to 254. 127 and any value in the range of 224
to 254 cannot be specified for the first octet
of a gateway address.
Subnet Mask When an IP address is being set manually, the
subnet mask is specified using the format
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0
to 255. 255.255.255.255 cannot be specified
as the subnet mask.
Gateway Address When an IP address is being set manually, the
gateway address is specified using the format
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0
to 254. 127 and any value in the range of 224
to 254 cannot be specified for the first octet
of a gateway address.
IPsec Disable*Disables IPsec.
Understanding the Printer Menus 299
LPD Disable Disables the LPD port.
Enable*Enables the Line Printer Daemon (LPD) port.
Port9100 Disable Disables the Port9100 port.
Enable*Enables the Port9100 port.
IPP Disable Disables IPP port.
Enable*Enables IPP port.
SMB TCP/IP Disable Disables SMB TCP/IP port.
Enable*Enables SMB TCP/IP port.
SMB NetBEUI Disable Disables SMB Net BEUI port.
Enable*Enables SMB Net BEUI port.
WSD Disable Disables WSD port.
Enable*Enables WSD port.
SNMP UDP Disable Disables the SNMP UDP port.
Enable*Enables the Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP) UDP port.
E-Mail Alert Disable Disables the E-Mail Alert feature.
Enable*Enables the E-Mail Alert feature.
EWS Disable Disables an access to Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool embedded in the printer.
Enable*Enables an access to Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool embedded in the printer.
Bonjour(mDNS) Disable Disables Bonjour (mDNS).
Enable*Enables Bonjour (mDNS).
Telnet Disable Disables Telnet.
Enable*Enables Telnet.
LLTD Disable Disables LLTD.
Enable*Enables LLTD.
HTTP-
SSL/TLS*1
Disable Disables HTTP-SSL/TLS.
Enable*Enables HTTP-SSL/TLS.
*1 This item is available only when a certificate is published using Dell Printer Con-
figuration Web Tool.
300 Understanding the Printer Menus
IP Filter
NOTE: IP Filter feature is available only for LPD or Port9100.
Purpose:
To block data received from certain IP addresses through the wired or wireless
network. You can set up to five IP addresses. The change becomes effective
after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Val ues:
IEEE 802.1x
NOTE: IEEE 802.1x feature is available only when the printer is connected using
LAN cable and it is available only when the IEEE 802.1 authentication is enabled.
Purpose:
To disable IEEE 802.1x authentication. The change becomes effective after the
printer is turned off and then on again.
Val ues:
Reset LAN
Purpose:
To initialize wired network data stored in non-volatile memory (NVM). After
executing this function and rebooting the printer, all wired network settings are
reset to their default values.
Val ues:
No. n / Address (n is 1–5.) Sets the IP address for Filter n.
No. n / Mask (n is 1–5.) Sets the address mask for Filter n.
No. n / Mode (n is 1–5.) Off*Disables the IP Filter feature for Filter n.
Accept Accepts an access from the specified IP address.
Reject Rejects an access from the specified IP address.
Disable Disables IEEE 802.1x.
Are You Sure? Press the (Set) button to initialize the wired network data stored
in NVM.
Understanding the Printer Menus 301
USB Settings
Use the USB Settings menu to change printer settings affecting a USB port.
USB Port
Purpose:
To specify whether to enable the USB port. The change becomes effective after
the printer is turned off and then on again.
Value s:
System Settings
Use System Settings to configure the power saving mode, warning tones,
time-out duration, device display language, and job log auto print settings.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Power Saver Timer
Purpose:
To specify the time for transition to power saver mode.
Value s:
Enter 3 to put the printer in power saver mode 3 minutes after it finishes a job.
This uses much less energy, but requires more warm-up time for the printer.
Enter 3 if your printer shares an electrical circuit with room lighting and you
notice lights flickering.
Disable Disables the USB interface.
Enable*Enables the USB interface.
Sleep 3min.*Specifies the time taken by the printer to enter Sleep mode
after it finishes a job.
1–30 min.
Deep Sleep 10min.*Specifies the time taken by the printer to enter Deep Sleep
mode after it has entered Sleep mode.
5–60 min.
302 Understanding the Printer Menus
Select a high value if your printer is in constant use. In most circumstances, this
keeps the printer ready to operate with minimum warm-up time. Select a value
between 1 and 30 minutes for power save mode if you want a balance between
energy consumption and a shorter warm-up period.
The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the power saver
mode when it receives data from the computer. You can also change the status of
the printer to the standby mode by pressing any button on the operator panel.
Auto Reset
Purpose:
To automatically reset the settings to the default settings and return to the
standby mode after you do not specify any settings for the specified time.
Val ues:
Fault Time-out
Purpose:
To specify the amount of time the printer waits before canceling a job that stops
abnormally. The print job is cancelled if the time-out time is exceeded.
Val ues:
Job Time-out
Purpose:
To specify the amount of time the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer. The
print job is cancelled if the time-out time is exceeded.
45sec*
1min
2min
3min
4min
Off Disables the fault time-out.
On*60sec*Sets the amount of time the printer waits before canceling a job
that stops abnormally.
3-300 sec.
Understanding the Printer Menus 303
Value s:
Date & Time
Purpose:
To specify the date and time formats.
Value s:
Audio Tone
Purpose:
To configure settings for tones emitted by the printer during operation or when a
warning message appears.
Value s:
Off Disables the job time-out.
On*30sec*Sets the time the printer waits for data to arrive from the
computer.
5–300 sec.
Set Date & Time Time Zone Sets the time zone.
Set Date Sets the date.
Set Time Sets the time.
Date Format Sets the date format.
Time Format 12H Sets the time in the 12-hour format.
24H*Sets the time in the 24-hour format.
Control Panel Off* Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is
correct.
On Emits a tone when the operator panel input is correct.
Invalid Key Off*Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is
incorrect.
On Emits a tone when the operator panel input is incorrect.
Machine Ready Off Does not emit a tone when the printer is ready to process a
job.
On*Emits a tone when the printer is ready to process a job.
304 Understanding the Printer Menus
mm / inch
Purpose:
To specify the default measurement unit displayed after the numeric value on
the operator panel.
Val ues:
NOTE: The default for mm/inch varies depending on other settings, such as
Country and Document Size.
Def. Paper Size
Purpose:
To specify the default paper size.
Val ues:
Job Completed Off Does not emit a tone when a job is complete.
On*Emits a tone when a job is complete.
Fault Tone Off Does not emit a tone when a job ends abnormally.
On*Emits a tone when a job ends abnormally.
Alert Tone Off Does not emit a tone when a problem occurs.
On*Emits a tone when a problem occurs.
Out of Paper Off Does not emit a tone when the printer runs out of paper.
On*Emits a tone when the printer runs out of paper.
Low Toner Alert Off Does not emit a tone when a toner is low.
On*Emits a tone when a toner is low.
AutoClear Alert Off*Does not emit a tone 5 seconds before the printer performs
auto clear.
On Emits a tone 5 seconds before the printer performs auto
clear.
All Tones Off Disables all the alert tones.
On*Sets the volume of all the alert tones at once.
Millimeters (mm)*Selects millimeter as the default measurement unit.
Inches (") Selects inch as the default measurement unit.
Understanding the Printer Menus 305
mm series
inch series
Auto Log Print
Purpose:
To automatically print a job history report after every 20 jobs.
Value s:
Print logs can also be printed using the Admin Reports menu.
Print ID
Purpose:
To specify a location where the user ID is printed.
Value s:
A4*1
Letter
*1 Denotes country-specific factory default values.
A4
Letter*1
*1 Denotes country-specific factory default values.
Off*Does not automatically print a job history report.
On Automatically prints a job history report.
Off*Does not print the user ID.
Top Left Prints the user ID on the top left of the page.
Top Righ t Prints the user ID on the top right of the page.
Bottom Left Prints the user ID on the bottom left of the page.
Bottom Right Prints the user ID on the bottom right of the page.
306 Understanding the Printer Menus
NOTE: When printing on DL size paper, a part of the user ID may not be printed
correctly.
Print Text
Purpose:
To specify whether the printer outputs PDL data, which is not supported by the
printer, as text when the printer receives it. Text data is printed on A4 or Letter
size paper.
Val ues:
Banner Sheet
NOTE: Banner Sheet feature is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder
is installed to Dell 2150cdn Color Printer.
Purpose:
To specify the position of banner sheet, and also specify the tray in which the
banner sheet is loaded.
Val ues:
RAM Disk
NOTE: RAM Disk feature is available only when the optional 512 MB memory
module is installed on the printer.
Off Does not print the received data.
On*Prints the received data as text data.
Insert Position Off*Does not print the banner sheet.
Front Inserted before the first page of every job.
Back Inserted after the last page of every job.
Front & Back Inserted before the first page of every job and after
the last page of every job.
Specify Tray Tray 1*The banner sheet is loaded in the standard 250-sheet
tray.
Tray 2 The banner sheet is loaded in the optional 250-sheet
feeder.
Understanding the Printer Menus 307
Purpose:
To allocate memory to the RAM disk file system for the Secure Print, Mailbox
Print, and Proof Print features. The change becomes effective after the printer is
turned off and then on again.
Value s:
NOTE: Restart your printer when you change the settings for the RAM Disk
menu.
Substitute Tray
Purpose:
Specifies whether to use paper of a different size when the paper that is loaded
in the specified tray does not match the paper size settings for the current job.
Value s:
Set Avail. Time
Purpose:
Sets the available time for the Print service.
Value s:
Disable Does not allocate memory to the RAM disk file system. Secure
Print and Proof Print jobs will abort and be recorded to the job
log.
Enable*300MB*Sets the allocation of memory to the RAM disk file system in
increments of 50 MB.
50-500MB
Off No tray size substitute accepted.
Larger Size Substitutes paper of next largest size. When there is no larger paper size,
the printer substitutes paper of nearest size.
Nearest Size*Substitutes paper of nearest size.
Off*Does not set the time when printing is available.
308 Understanding the Printer Menus
Secure Job Exp.
NOTE: Secure Job Exp. feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to
Enable.
Purpose:
To specify the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM
disk.
Val ues:
On Sets the time when printing is available.
Start Time Sets the start time of the available time.
End Time Sets the end time of the available time.
Recurrence Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.
Expiration Mode Off*Does not set the date and time to delete the files
stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.
On Sets the date and time to delete the files stored as
Secure Print in the RAM disk.
Expiration Time Sets the time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM
disk.
Recurrence Daily Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as
Secure Print in the RAN disk daily.
Weekly*Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as
Secure Print in the RAM disk weekly.
Monthly Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as
Secure Print monthly.
Weekly Setting Monday Sets the day of the week to delete the files stored as
Secure Print.
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday*
Understanding the Printer Menus 309
ColorTrack Mode
Purpose:
To specify who has access to color printing.
Value s:
NoAcct User Prt
Purpose:
To specify whether to permit the printing of data without authentication information.
Value s:
Col. Tra Err Rep
Purpose:
To specify whether to automatically print error-related information if printing with
ColorTrack results in an error.
Value s:
LetterH Dup Mode
NOTE: LetterH Dup Mode feature is available only for Dell 2150cdn Color
Printer.
Purpose:
Monthly Setting 1 Day*Sets the day of the month to delete the files stored as
Secure Print in the RAM disk.
2-28 Day
Off*Does not limit access to color printing.
On Limits access to color printing.
Off*Does not permit non-account user to print the data.
On*1 Permits non-account user to print the data.
*1 Set No Account User Password using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Off*Does not print the error report when printing with Color Track results in an error.
On Prints the error report when printing with Color Track results in an error.
310 Understanding the Printer Menus
To specify whether to print on both sides when using letterhead.
Val ues:
Low Toner Msg
Purpose:
To specify whether to show the alert message when the toner is low.
Val ues:
Maintenance
Use the Maintenance menu to initialize the NV (non-volatile) memory,
configure the plain paper quality adjustment settings, and configure the security
settings.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
F/W Version
Purpose:
To confirm the current F/W version.
Service Tag
Purpose:
To confirm the service tag.
Express Code
Purpose:
To confirm the express service code.
Disable*Does not print on both sides of letterhead.
Enable Prints on both sides of letterhead.
Off Does not show the alert message when the toner is low.
On*Shows the alert message when the toner is low.
Understanding the Printer Menus 311
Paper Density
Purpose:
To specify paper density settings.
Value s:
Adjust BTR
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for
this item.
Purpose:
To specify the transfer roller voltage adjustment for each paper type.
Value s:
Plain Light
Normal*
Label Light
Normal*
312 Understanding the Printer Menus
Adjust Fuser
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for
this item.
Purpose:
To adjust the fuser temperature setting for each paper type.
Val ues:
Plain 0*Sets the transfer roller voltage in increments of 1. The
default settings may not give the best output on all paper
types. If you see mottles on the print output, try to increase
the voltage. If you see white spots on the print output, try to
decrease the voltage.
-6 to +6
Plain Thick 0*
-6 to +6
Covers 0*
-6 to +6
Covers Thick 0*
-6 to +6
Label 0*
-6 to +6
Coated 0*
-6 to +6
Coated Thick 0*
-6 to +6
Envelope 0*
-6 to +6
Recycled 0*
-6 to +6
Understanding the Printer Menus 313
Auto Reg Adj
Purpose:
To specify whether to automatically perform color registration adjustment.
Value s:
Color Reg Adj
Purpose:
To manually perform color registration adjustment.
Plain 0*Sets the fuser temperature in increments of 1. The default
settings may not give the best output on all paper types.
When the printed paper has curled, try to lower the
temperature. When the toner does not fuse on the paper
properly, try to increase the temperature.
-6 to +6
Plain Thick 0*
-6 to +6
Covers 0*
-6 to +6
Covers Thick 0*
-6 to +6
Label 0*
-6 to +6
Coated 0*
-6 to +6
Coated Thick 0*
-6 to +6
Envelope 0*
-6 to +6
Recycled 0*
-6 to +6
Off Does not automatically perform color registration adjustment.
On*Automatically performs color registration adjustment.
314 Understanding the Printer Menus
Manual Color Registration Adjustments are required when the printer is initially
installed and after the printer is moved.
NOTE: The Color Reg Adjust feature can be configured when Auto
Reg Adjust is set to Off.
Val ues:
NOTE: Ensure that you remove the paper from the single sheet feeder before
performing Auto Correct.
Clean Developer
Purpose:
To stir the toner in a new toner cartridge.
Val ues:
Auto Correct Are You Sure? Press the
(Set)
button to
automatically
perform color registration correction.
ColorReg
Chart
Are You Sure? Press the
(Set)
button
to print a color
registration chart. The color registration chart
prints a lattice pattern of yellow, magenta, and
cyan lines. On the chart, find the values on the
right side that are next to the line that is
perfectly straight for each of the three colors. If
the value for the this line is 0, color registration
adjustment is not required. If the value for this
line is any value other than 0, specify the
adjustment values.
Enter Number Enter (LY,
LM, LC)
-9 to +9 Sets lateral (perpendicular to paper feed
direction) and process (paper feed direction)
color adjustment values individually for
Yellow, Magenta, and Cyan. Enter a number in
order of lateral adjustment (left), lateral
adjustment (right), and process adjustment.
Press the
(Set)
button to save all the settings.
Enter (RY,
RM, RC)
-9 to +9
Enter (PY,
PM, PC)
-9 to +9
Are You Sure? Press the
(Set)
button to
stir the toner in a new toner cartridge.
Understanding the Printer Menus 315
Toner Refresh
Purpose:
To clean the toner in each toner cartridge.
Value s:
Drum Refresh
Purpose:
To clean the surface of the PHD unit.
Value s:
Reset Defaults
Purpose:
To initialize the non-volatile (NV) memory. After executing this function and
rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters are reset to their default values.
Value s:
Init PrintMeter
Purpose:
To initialize the print meter of the printer. When the print meter is initialized, the
meter count is reset to zero.
Value s:
Clear Storage
NOTE: Clear Storage feature is available only when the optional 512 MB memory
module is installed.
Yellow, Magenta,
Cyan, Black
Are You
Sure?
Press the
(Set)
button
to clean the toner in the
selected toner cartridge.
Are You Sure? Press the
(Set)
button
to clean the surface of the PHD unit.
Are You Sure? Press the
(Set)
button
to initialize the system parameters.
Are You Sure? Press the
(Set)
button
to initialize the print meter.
316 Understanding the Printer Menus
Purpose:
To clear all files stored as Secure Print, Mailbox Print, Proof Print, and Stored
Print in the RAM disk.
Val ues:
Non-DELL Toner
Purpose:
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
NOTICE: Using a non-Dell toner cartridge may severely damage your printer.
The warranty does not cover damages caused by using non-Dell toner cartridges.
Val ues:
Adjust Altitude
Purpose:
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with
barometric pressure. Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the
location where the printer is being used.
NOTE: An incorrect altitude adjustment setting leads to poor printing quality,
incorrect indication of remaining toner, etc.
Val ues:
All Clear Are You
Sure?
Press the
(Set)
button
to delete all files stored as
Secure Print, Mailbox Print, and Proof Print in the
RAM disk.
Secure Document Are You
Sure?
Press the
(Set)
button to
delete all files stored as
Secure Print and Mailbox Print in the RAM disk.
Stored Document Are You
Sure?
Press the
(Set)
button
to delete all files stored as
Stored Print in the RAM disk.
Off*Does not use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
On Uses toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
Understanding the Printer Menus 317
Secure Settings
Use the Secure Settings menu to set a password to limit access to the
menus. This prevents items from being changed accidentally.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
See also:
"Panel Lock"
Panel Lock
Purpose:
To set the limited access to Admin Menu with a password, and to set or change
the password.
Value s:
Login Error
NOTE: Login Error feature is available only when Panel Lock Set is set to
Enable.
Purpose:
To specify the number of error entry attempts allowed when you log in as an
administrator in the Admin Menu and Report/List menu.
Value s:
0m*Sets the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
1000m
2000m
3000m
Panel Lock Set Disable*Disables password protection for Admin Menu.
Enable Enables password protection for Admin Menu.
Change Password*1 0000–9999 Sets or changes the password required to access
Admin Menu.
*1 This item is available only when Panel Lock Set is set to Enable.
318 Understanding the Printer Menus
Tray Settings
Use the Tray Settings menu to define the print media loaded in the
standard 250-sheet tray and the optional 250-sheet feeder.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Tray 1
Purpose:
To specify the paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Val ues:
Off*Does not allow an administrator to log in after one error entry attempt.
On 5 Sets the number of error entry attempts allowed when an administrator
logs in.
1-10
Understanding the Printer Menus 319
Paper Size
mm series
A4*1
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch
Monarch LEF
DL
DL LEF
C5
Custom Size
inch series Letter*1
Folio
Legal
A4
A5
B5
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch
Monarch LEF
DL
DL LEF
C5
Custom Size
320 Understanding the Printer Menus
NOTE: For more information on supported paper sizes, see "Supported Paper
Sizes."
Tray 2
NOTE: Tray 2 feature is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is
installed.
Purpose:
To specify the paper loaded in the optional 250-sheet feeder.
Paper Type Plain*
Plain Thick
Covers
Covers Thick
Label
Envelope
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Plain S2
Plain Thick S2
Recycled S2
Color S2
Display Popup Off Does not display a popup message that
prompts to set Paper Type and
Paper Size when paper is loaded in
the standard 250-sheet tray.
On*Displays a popup message that prompts to
set Paper Type and Paper Size
when paper is loaded in the standard 250-
sheet tray.
*1 Denotes country-specific factory default value.
Understanding the Printer Menus 321
Value s:
Paper Size
mm series
A4*1
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
inch series Letter*1
Folio
Legal
A4
A5
B5
Executive
Paper Type Plain*
Plain Thick
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Plain S2
Plain Thick S2
Recycled S2
Color S2
322 Understanding the Printer Menus
Panel Language
Purpose:
To determine the language of the text on the operator panel screen.
Val ues:
Print Menu
Use the Print Menu to print a job using the Secure Print, Private Mail Box,
Public Mail Box, and Proof Print features.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Secure Print
NOTE: Secure Print feature is available only when RAM disk is set to Enable.
Purpose:
Display Popup Off Does not display a popup message that prompts to
set Paper Type and Paper Size when
paper is loaded in the standard 250-sheet feeder.
On*Displays a popup message that prompts to set
Paper Type and Paper Size when paper
is loaded in the standard 250-sheet feeder.
*1 Denotes country-specific factory default value.
English*
Français
Italiano
Deutsch
Español
Dansk
Nederlands
Norsk
Svenska
Understanding the Printer Menus 323
To print confidential jobs. The printer can hold the job in memory until you
arrive at the printer and type the password on the operator panel.
Value s:
Private Mail Box
NOTE: Private Mail Box feature is available only when RAM disk is set to
Enable.
Purpose:
To specify whether and how to print the job stored in the Private Mail Box.
Value s:
Select User ID Enter the password you specified on the printer driver.
All
Documents*1
Print and Del Deletes all documents from print
memory after printing them.
Delete Deletes all documents from print
memory.
document n*2 Print and Del Deletes the specified document from
print memory after printing it.
Delete Deletes the specified document from
print memory.
*1This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.
*2The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the docu-
ment name is not specified.
324 Understanding the Printer Menus
Public Mail Box
NOTE: Public Mail Box feature is available only when RAM disk is set to
Enable.
Purpose:
To specify whether and how to print the job stored in the Public Mail Box.
Val ues:
Select User ID Enter the password you specified on the printer driver.
All
Documents*1
Print and
Del
Deletes all documents from print
memory after printing them.
Print Prints all documents and saves them in
memory.
Delete Deletes all documents from print
memory.
document n*2 Print and
Del
Deletes the specified document from
print memory after printing it.
Print Prints the specified document and
saves it in memory.
Delete Deletes the specified document from
print memory.
*1This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.
*2The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the docu-
ment name is not specified.
Understanding the Printer Menus 325
Proof Print
NOTE: Proof Print feature is available only when RAM disk is set to Enable.
Purpose:
To print only one copy and check the print result before printing all of the
copies. This prevents a large number of misprinted copies from being printed at
one time.
Value s:
Select User ID All
Documents*1
Print and Del Deletes all documents from print
memory after printing them.
Print Prints all documents and saves them
in memory.
Delete Deletes all documents from print
memory.
document n*2 Print and Del Deletes the specified document from
print memory after printing it.
Print Prints the specified document and
saves it in memory.
Delete Deletes the specified document from
print memory.
*1This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.
*2The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the docu-
ment name is not specified.
326 Understanding the Printer Menus
Panel Lock
This feature prevents unauthorized personnel from changing the settings made
by the administrator. For regular printing, items can be selected from the menu
and printer settings remain unchanged. For regular printing, items can be
configured using the printer driver.
NOTE: Disabling the operator panel menus does not prevent access to the Stored
Print and Tray Settings menus.
Enabling the Panel Lock
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press button until
Admin Menu
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press button until
Secure Settings
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Ensure that
Panel Lock
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
5
Ensure that
Panel Lock Set
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
Select User ID All
Documents*1
Print and Del Deletes all documents from print
memory after printing them.
Print Prints all documents and save them
in memory.
Delete Deletes all documents from print
memory.
document n*2 Print and Del Deletes the specified document from
print memory after printing it.
Print Prints the specified document and
save it in memory.
Delete Deletes the specified document from
print memory.
*1This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.
*2The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the docu-
ment name is not specified.
Understanding the Printer Menus 327
6
Press button until
Enable
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
7
Enter the new password, and then press the
(Set)
button.
8
Re-enter the password to confirm the password that you entered, and then
press the
(Set)
button.
The password has been changed.
NOTE: If you forget your password, turn off the printer. Then, while holding
the
(Menu)
button
, turn on the printer. Perform steps 7 to 8 to reset the password.
NOTE: If you change the password while Panel Lock is Enable, follow the
following steps. Perform steps 1 to 4 above. Press
button until Change
Password appears, and then press the (Set) button. Perform steps 7 and 8
above to change the password. This will change the password.
Disabling the Panel Lock
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press button until
Admin Menu
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press button until
Secure Settings
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Ensure that
Panel Lock
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
5
Ensure that
Panel Lock Set
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
6
Ensure that
Disable
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
7
Enter the current password, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The setting has been changed.
Resetting Defaults
After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters,
except the parameters for the network, are reset to their default values.
When Using the Operator Panel
1
Press the (
Menu)
button.
2
Press button until
Admin Menu
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
328 Understanding the Printer Menus
3
Press button until
Maintenance
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Press button until
Reset Defaults
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
5
Ensure that
Are You Sure?
is displayed, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The printer is restarted automatically.
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Understanding Your Printer Software 329
20
Understanding Your Printer
Software
Use the Drivers and Utilities CD that shipped with your printer to install a
combination of software programs, depending on your operating system.
Printer Status Window
The Printer Status window alerts you when there is a warning or when an error
occurs, for example, when a paper jam occurs or toner is running low.
By default, the Printer Status window launches only when an error occurs.
When an error occurs, the error message appears on the Printer Status window.
You can set the Printer Status window to always launch when printing in
Printing Status Window Properties.
You can also check toner level, quantity of paper remaining or the configuration
of options for the local printer.
Status Monitor Console
Use the Status Monitor Console to manage multiple instances of the Status
Window for a particular printer.
Select a printer from the list view (or Printer Selection) by clicking its name to
open a Status Window for a particular printer.
Dell Supplies Management System
You can launch the Dell Supplies Management System dialog box from the All
Programs menu or the desktop icon.
You can order consumables by phone or from the web.
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Additional Color Laser
Software
Dell Supplies Management System
.
The
Dell Supplies Management System
window appears.
2
Select your printer from the
Select Printer Model
list.
3
If you are ordering from the web:
330 Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
a
When you cannot get information from the printer automatically by
two-way communication, a window prompting you to type the Service
Tag appears. Type the Service Tag of your Dell printer in the field
provided.
Your Service Tag is located inside the toner access cover of your printer.
b
Select a URL from the
Select Reorder URL
list.
c
Click
Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site
.
4
If you order by phone, call the number that appears in the
Order by Phone
section.
User Setup Disk Creating Tool
The User Setup Disk Creating Tool program located in the MakeDisk folder
of the Utilities folder on the Drivers and Utilities CD and the printer drivers
located on the Drivers and Utilities CD are used to create driver installation
packages that contain custom driver settings. A driver installation package can
contain a group of saved printer driver settings and other data for things such as:
• Print orientation and Multiple Up (document settings)
• Watermarks
• Font references
If you want to install the printer driver with the same settings on multiple
computers running the same operating system, create a setup disk in a floppy
disk or in a server on the network. Using the setup disk that you have created
will reduce the amount of work required when installing the printer driver.
• Install the Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer driver in the computer on which the
setup disk is to be created.
• The setup disk can only be used on the operating system on which the disk
was created or computers running the same operating system. Create a
separate setup disk for each of the operating systems.
Software Update
The firmware and/or driver updates can be downloaded from the Dell Support
web site located at support.dell.com.
Understanding Your Printer Software 331
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Printer Settings Utility
You can open the Status Window, Tool Box, Updater, and Troubleshooting
using the Quick Launch Utility window.
NOTE: Quick Launch Utility is only supported on Windows.
To use the Quick Launch Utility, select to install the Quick Launch Utility
when you install the Dell software.
For information about installing the software, see "Setting Up for Shared
Printing."
To open the Quick Launch Utility window:
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Additional Color Laser
Software
Quick Launch Utility
.
The Quick Launch Utility window provides four buttons: Status Window,
Tool Box, Updater, and Troubleshooting.
To exit the Quick Launch Utility window:
1
Click the X button at the top-right of the window.
For details, click the
Help
button of each application.
Status Window
The Status Window button opens the Printer Status window. For more
information about using Status Window, refer to "Printer Status Window."
Tool Box
The Tool Box button opens the Tool Box. For more information about using
Tool Box, refer to "Understanding the Tool Box Menus."
332 Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Updater
The Updater button updates the Dell software and printer firmware.
Troubleshooting
The Troubleshooting button opens the Troubleshooting Guide, which allows
you to solve problems by yourself.
Status Monitor Widget for Macintosh
Status Monitor Widget is a printer utility that promotes efficient use of the
printer through the exchange of information between the Macintosh and the
printer.
Status Monitor Widget Feature
• Monitoring Dell Printers
Allows you to check the status of Dell printers currently connected to your
Macintosh
• Receiving Alerts
Alerts you to problems, such as paper jams or low toner
• Ordering Supplies
Allows you to access the web site to order supplies
Before Installing the Status Monitor Widget
Operating systems
• Mac OS X 10.4.11
• Mac OS X 10.5
• Mac OS X 10.6
Network protocols and interfaces
•LPR
• Socket 9100
• Bonjour
Understanding Your Printer Software 333
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
• USB 2.0 and 1.1 (When connecting with multiple printers of the same model
via USB cables, only the printer recognized first can be monitored in the
Status Monitor Widget
.)
Installing the Status Monitor Widget
1
Double-click the
Status Monitor Installer
icon in the
Finder
window.
2
Follow the on-screen instructions.
When the
Install Succeeded
screen appears, the installation is complete.
NOTE: Entering the administrative login name and password are required
during the installation process.
Opening and Closing the Status Monitor Widget
Opening the Status Monitor Widget
1
Click the Dashboard icon in the Dock to launch Dashboard.
2
Click the Plus (+) sign to display the Widget Bar.
3
Click the icon of
Status Monitor
in the Widget Bar. The
Printer Status
window appears.
NOTE: If the message Select a printer is displayed, select your printer in
Preferences. (For more information on Preferences, see "Preferences.")
334 Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Closing the Status Monitor Widget
1
Click the Close (x) button in the upper-left corner of the
Printer Status
window.
Printer Status Window
When the Status Monitor Widget is activated, the Printer Status window
appears on Dashboard.
Printer Status Message Area
Displays a message of the current printer status.
NOTE: The Status Monitor Widget automatically obtains the printer information
at the updated interval that can be specified in Preferences. Also, the printer status
is refreshed when Dashboard is launched or Preferences is closed.
NOTE: If the Status Monitor Widget receives no response from the printer, the
message Cannot get printer information is displayed.
Understanding Your Printer Software 335
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
NOTE: When the printer is connected via USB cable, you cannot check the status
of the printer during a print job.
Printer Status Image Area
Displays the image of printer condition.
• Estimated Toner Level image
Displays the estimated toner level of each color if the printer is functioning
properly.
NOTE: If the utility does not receive a response from the printer, the
Unknown toner image is displayed.
• Printer error image
Displays an indication image when an error occurs.
An error has occurred and the printer requires your attention to
correct a problem.
An error has occurred and the printer cannot be used.
An unknown error has occurred and the printer cannot be used.
Order Supplies button
Click this button to display the Order window.
To hide the Order window, click Order Supplies again.
336 Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Info (i) button
Click this button to open Preferences.
NOTE: The info (i) button appears on the lower-right corner of the window when
the cursor is over the Printer Status window. The info (i) button is a standard used
across all widgets.
Order Window
This window provides you with the information for ordering printer supplies by
telephone or from the web site.
To open the Order window:
1
Click the
Order Supplies
in the
Printer Status
window.
The
Order
window appears.
NOTE: The Order window appears when low toner is detected.
Order Online
•
Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site
hyperlink
Click the
Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site
hyperlink to access
the web site for ordering Dell printer supplies.
• URL list
Displays a list of available URLs where you can order Dell printer supplies.
Select a URL address to use when the
Visit Dell printer supplies ordering
web site
hyperlink is clicked.
Understanding Your Printer Software 337
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Order By Phone
• Phone number list
Displays a list of available phone numbers that you can call to order Dell
printer supplies.
Preferences
To open Preferences:
1
Click the
info (i)
button
in the
Printer Status
window.
Preferences
appears.
NOTE: The info (i) button appears on the lower-right corner of the window
when the cursor is over the Printer Status window. The info (i) button is a
standard used across all widgets.
Printer
Displays a list of available printer names in the pull down menu. The first
printer displayed in this list is set as default.
Status Update Interval
You can specify the update interval of the printer status. By default, it is set to
obtain the printer information every 10 seconds. It can be set from 0 second to
600 seconds.
SNMP Community Name
You can change the SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) community
name if using default community name (public). Up to 31 characters can be
entered.
338 Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Service Tag button
Click this button to obtain the service tag.
NOTE: You cannot retrieve the service tag when the printer is connected via USB
cable.
done button
Click this button to return to the Printer Status window.
Status Monitor Console for Linux
Status Monitor Console is a printer utility that promotes efficient use of the
printer through the exchange of information between the Linux and the printer.
Status Monitor Console Feature
• Monitoring Dell Printers
Allows you to check the status of Dell printers currently connected to your
Linux.
• Receiving Alerts
Alerts you to problems, such as paper jams or low toner.
• Ordering Supplies
Allows you to access the web site to order supplies.
Before Installing the Status Monitor Console
NOTE: The Status Monitor Console requires the following modules installed.
- Python, PyGTK, Net-SNMP, cups-libs, and xog-open
Please confirm that these modules are installed before you install the Status Monitor
Console.
NOTE: The Status Monitor Console is available when the printer is connected to a
network (LPR or Socket 9100). USB connection is not supported.
Distributions
•Red Hat
®
Enterprise Linux
®
WS 4
• Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Desktop
Understanding Your Printer Software 339
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
•SUSE
®
Linux Enterprise Desktop 10
• SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
Printing system
• CUPS (Common Unix Printing System)
Installing the Status Monitor Console
1
Activate the terminal, and log in as a super user.
2
Type the following rpm command in the terminal window.
Starting the Status Monitor Console
1
Click
Dell Printers
Status Monitor Console
The
Printer Selection
window appears.
For more information on Printer Selection window, see "Printer Selection
Window."
2
Select your printer.
The
Printer Status
window appears.
For more information on Printer Status window, see "Printer Status
Window."
• You can order supplies from the
Dell Supplies Management System
window. See "Dell Supplies Management System Window."
# rpm -ivh (Type the package file name)
340 Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Printer Selection Window
Printers list
All the printers registered in the CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System) are
displayed in a list.
• Status icons:
Ready
Unknown/Offline/Toner Low/Paper Low
Door Open/Paper Jam/No Toner/Out Of Paper
Settings button
Click this button to open the Settings window.
Details button
Click this button to open the Printer Status window. If a non-supported printer
is selected, it opens the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For details on
the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, see "Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool."
Refresh button
Click this button to update the information of printers.
Close button
Click this button to close the
Printer Selection
window
.
Understanding Your Printer Software 341
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Printer Status Window
When the printer is specified in the
Printer Selection
window,
the Printer
Status window appears.
Printer Status Message Area
Displays a message of the current printer status.
NOTE: The Status Monitor Console automatically obtains the printer
information at the updated interval that can be specified in the Settings window.
Also, the printer status is refreshed when the Refresh is clicked.
NOTE: If the Status Monitor Console receives no response from the printer, the
message Cannot get printer information is displayed.
Printer Status Image Area
• Current Toner Status icons
Displays icons of the current status of each toner.
The toner level is more than 30%.
The toner level is less than 29%.
The toner level is less than 9%.
The toner level is unknown.
• Estimated Toner Level images
Keeps you informed about the amount of toner that remains for each color.
342 Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Toner Alert
Displays an alert message when any remaining toner is low, empty, or unknown.
Order Online
•
Order Supplies Online
button
Click this button to access the web site for ordering Dell printer supplies.
This button appears when the amount of toners becomes less than 30%.
Refresh button
Click this button to update the status of the printer.
Close button
Click this button to close the Printer Status window.
Dell Supplies Management System Window
This window provides you with the information for ordering printer supplies by
telephone or from the web site.
To open the Dell Supplies Management System window:
1
Click
Order Supplies Online
button in the
Printer Status
window.
OR
Click
Dell Printers
Dell Supplies Management System
.
Understanding Your Printer Software 343
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Select Printer Model
Select your printer model name.
Order Online
•
Order Supplies Online
button
• When the Regular URL is selected in the
Select Reorder URL
:
Click this button to open the
Service Tag
window.
• When the Premier URL is selected in the
Select Reorder URL
:
Click this button to open the procurement and support web site.
• Select Reorder URL
Displays a list of available URLs where you can order Dell printer supplies.
Select a URL address to use when the
Order Supplies Online
button is
clicked.
• Regular URL: http://Accessories.us.dell.com/sna/PrinterSeg.aspx
• Premier URL: http://premier.dell.com
Order by Phone
• To order Dell printer supplies by phone, call the following
344 Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Select your country with phone number from the list, and call the displayed
telephone number to order supplies.
Close button
Click this button to close the Dell Supplies Management System window.
Service Tag Window
1
Enter the Dell printer service tag.
NOTE: For information on the service tag, see "Express Service Code and
Service Tag."
Settings Window
To open the Settings window:
1
Click the
Settings
button in the
Printer Selection
window.
The
Settings
window appears.
Understanding Your Printer Software 345
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Update of status
•
Printer Status is regularly updated
check box
Select the check box to enable/disable the Printer Status to be updated by the
specified interval.
•
Update interval
text box
Specify the update interval of the printer status.
Port Number Settings
• Port Number
Specify the port number in the
Port Number
text box to open the setting
page of your printer in a web browser.
Protocol Settings - SNMP
• Community Name
Enter the Community name of SNMP in the
Community Name
text box.
Order URL
• Select Reorder URL
346 Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
The selected URL address is set as default web site for the
Select Reorder
URL
in the
Dell Supplies Management System
window.
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Understanding Fonts 347
21
Understanding Fonts
Typefaces and Fonts
A font is a set of characters and symbols created with a distinct design. The
distinct design is called a typeface. The typefaces you select add personality to a
document. Well-chosen typefaces make a document easier to read.
The printer has numerous resident fonts in PCL 5/PCL 6. See "Resident Fonts"
for a listing of all resident fonts.
Weight and Style
Typefaces are often available in different weights and styles. These variations
modify the original typeface so you can, for example, emphasize important
words in text or highlight book titles. The different weights and styles are
designed to complement the original typeface.
Wei ght refers to the thickness of the lines that form the characters. Thicker lines
result in darker characters. Some words commonly used to describe the weight
of a typeface are bold, medium, light, black, and heavy.
Style refers to other typeface modifications, such as tilt or character width. Italic
and oblique are styles where the characters are tilted. Narrow, condensed, and
extended are three common styles that modify the character widths.
Some fonts combine several weight and style modifications; for example,
Helvetica BdOb. A group of several weight and style variations of a single
typeface is called a typeface family. Most typeface families have four variations:
regular, italic (oblique), bold, and bold italic (bold oblique). Some families have
more variations, as the following illustration for the Helvetica typeface family
shows:
348 Understanding Fonts
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section21.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Pitch and Point Size
The size of a font is specified as either a pitch or point size, depending on
whether the font is fixed space or proportional.
In fixed space fonts, each character has the same width. Pitch is used to specify
the size of fixed space fonts. It is a measure of the number of characters that will
print in one horizontal inch of type. For example, all 10-pitch fonts print 10
characters per inch (cpi) and all 12-pitch fonts print 12 cpi:
In proportional (or typographic) fonts, every character can have a different
width. Since proportional fonts have characters with different widths, the font
size is specified in point size, not pitch. Point size refers to the height of the
characters in the font. A point is defined as 1/72 inch. The characters in a font
printed at 24 point will be twice as large as the characters in the same font
printed at 12 point.
The following illustration shows samples of a font printed in different point
sizes:
Understanding Fonts 349
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section21.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
The point size of a font is defined as the distance from the top of the tallest
character in the font to the bottom of the lowest character in the font. Due to the
definition of point size, different fonts printed at the same point size may appear
quite different in size. This is because there are other font parameters that affect
how the font looks. However, the point size of a font is an excellent specification
of the relative size of a font. The following examples illustrate two very
different proportional fonts at 14 point:
Bitmapped and Scalable Fonts
The printer uses both bitmapped and scalable fonts.
Bitmapped fonts are stored in print memory as predefined patterns of bits that
represent a typeface at a specific size, style, and resolution. The following
illustration shows an example of a character from a bitmapped font.
350 Understanding Fonts
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section21.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Bitmapped fonts are available in different type styles and point sizes as
downloadable fonts.
Scalable fonts (also called outline fonts) are stored as computer programs that
define the outlines of the characters in the font. Each time you print characters
from a scalable font, the printer creates a bitmap of the characters at the point
size you choose and saves it temporarily in print memory.
These temporary bitmapped fonts are deleted when you turn off or reset the
printer. Scalable fonts provide the flexibility of printing in many different point
sizes.
Your printer uses different scalable font formats for downloading fonts to the
printer. PCL 5/PCL 6 uses Intellifont and TrueType scalable fonts. There are
thousands of different scalable fonts available in these different font formats
from numerous font suppliers.
If you plan to use many downloadable bitmapped or scalable fonts or if you plan
to use many different sizes of scalable fonts, you may need to purchase
additional memory for your printer.
Understanding Fonts 351
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section21.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Resident Fonts
Your printer is equipped with resident fonts stored permanently in print memory.
Different fonts are available in PCL 5/PCL 6. Some of the most popular
typefaces, like Courier and TimesNew, are available for all printer languages.
The following table lists all the fonts resident in your printer. See "Printing Font
Sample List" for instructions on how to print samples of the fonts. You can
select the resident fonts from your software program or from the operator panel.
Resident bitmapped and scalable fonts
PCL 5/PCL 6
CG Times CG Omega BdIt Coronet
CG Times It
CG Times Bd Garamond Antiqua Marigold
CG Times BdIt Garamond Krsv
Garamond Hlb Arial
Univers Md Garamond KrsvHlb Arial It
Univers MdIt Arial Bd
Univers Bd Courier Arial BdIt
Univers BdIt Courier It
Univers MdCd Courier Bd TimesNew
Univers MdCdIt Courier BdIt TimesNew It
Univers BdCd TimesNew Bd
Univers BdCdIt LetterGothic TimesNew BdIt
LetterGothic It
AntiqueOlv LetterGothic Bd Symbol
AntiqueOlv It
AntiqueOlv Bd Albertus Md Wingdings
Albertus XBd
CG Omega
CG Omega It Clarendon Cd
CG Omega Bd
352 Understanding Fonts
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section21.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Symbol Sets
A symbol set is the collection of alphabetic and numeric characters, punctuation,
and special characters available in the font you select. Symbol sets support the
requirements for different languages or specific applications, such as math
symbols used for scientific text.
In PCL 5/PCL 6, a symbol set also defines which character will print for each
key on the keyboard (or more specifically, for each code point). Some
applications require different characters at some code points. To support
multiple applications and languages, your printer has 36 symbol sets for the
resident PCL 5/PCL 6 fonts.
Symbol Sets for PCL 5/PCL 6
Not all font names support all of the symbol sets listed.
Times Roman Palatino Roman N C Schbk Roman
Times It Palatino It N C Schbk It
Times Bd Palatino Bd N C Schbk Bd
Times BdIt Palatino BdIt N C Schbk BdIt
Helvetica ITCBookman Lt ITC A G Go Bk
Helvetica Ob ITCBookman LtIt ITC A G Go BkOb
Helvetica Bd ITCBookmanDm ITC A G Go Dm
Helvetica BdOb ITCBookmanDm It ITC A G Go DmOb
CourierPS HelveticaNr ZapfC MdIt
CourierPS Ob HelveticaNr Ob
CourierPS Bd HelveticaNr Bd ZapfDingbats
CourierPS BdOb HelveticaNr BdOb
SymbolPS
Resident bitmapped and scalable fonts
PCL 5/PCL 6
Understanding Fonts 353
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section21.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Roman 8 (Default) ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 ISO 8859-2 Latin 2
ISO 8859-9 Latin 5 ISO 8859-10 Latin 6 PC-8
PC-8 DN PC-775 Baltic PC-850 Multilingual
PC-852 Latin 2 PC-1004 OS/2 PC Turkish
Windows 3.1 Latin 1 Windows 3.1 Latin 2 Windows 3.1 Latin 5
DeskTop PS Text MC Text
Microsoft Publishing Math 8 PS Math
Pi Font Legal ISO 4 United Kingdom
ISO 6 ASCII ISO 11 Swedish:names ISO 15 Italian
ISO 17 Spanish ISO 21 German ISO 60 Norwegian v1
ISO 69 French Windows 3.0 Latin 1 Windows Baltic
Symbol Wingdings ITC ZapfDingbats MS
354 Understanding Fonts
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section21.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Understanding Printer Messages 355
22
Understanding Printer Messages
The printer operator panel displays error messages describing the current state
of the printer and indicates possible printer problems you must resolve. This
chapter provides a list of error codes and tells you how to clear error messages.
NOTICE: When an error message appears, the print data remaining on the printer
and the information accumulated in the memory of the printer are not secure.
NOTE: An error code is listed in an error message.
NOTE: For error messages that are not listed in this chapter, refer to instructions
in each error message.
1 LCD panel*1 2 button
3 button 4 (Menu) button
5 Ready / Error LED*26 (Set) button
7 (Cancel) button
*1 Displays an error message when an error occurs.
*2 Lights green when the printer is ready or sleeping and blinks when data is being
received. Lights orange when an error occurs and blinks when an unrecoverable
print error occurs.
Error-Code What you can do
356 Understanding Printer Messages
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section22.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
004-310 Turn off the printer. Confirm that the optional 250-sheet feeder is
correctly installed, and turn on the printer. Contact customer support if
this failure is repeated.
004-311 Turn off the printer. Confirm that the duplexer is correctly installed, and
turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
004-312 Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
009-360 Turn off the printer. Confirm the yellow cartridge is correctly installed,
and turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is
repeated.
009-361 Turn off the printer. Confirm the magenta cartridge is correctly installed,
and turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is
repeated.
009-362 Turn off the printer. Confirm the cyan cartridge is correctly installed, and
turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
009-363 Turn off the printer. Confirm the black cartridge is correctly installed, and
turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
010-317 Turn off the printer and wait for 30 minutes. Open the front cover and
make sure that the fuser is fully installed.
010-377 Turn off the printer. Confirm that the fuser is correctly installed, and turn
on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
016-316 Turn off the printer. Remove the optional 512 MB memory module from
the slot, and then reattach it firmly. Turn on the printer. Contact customer
support if this failure is repeated.
016-317 Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
016-318 Remove the unsupported additional memory module. Contact customer
support if this failure is repeated.
016-386 Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
016-387
016-388
016-391 Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
016-392
016-393
016-394
Understanding Printer Messages 357
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section22.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
016-404 Contact your system administrator.
016-405
016-520
016-521
016-522
016-523
016-524
016-527
016-531 The account is not registered. Contact your system administrator.
016-532
016-533
016-545
016-535
016-536
016-541 Contact your system administrator.
016-542
016-543
016-750 Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover.
016-753
016-755
016-756 Contact your system administrator.
016-757 The account is not registered. Contact your system administrator.
016-758 The function cannot be used. Contact your system administrator.
016-759 Printable page limit is exceeded. Contact your system administrator.
016-786 Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover. Check if the network cable is connected properly. If there is no
problem with the network cable, contact server administrator.
016-790
016-791 Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover.
016-799 Press the
(Set) button to clear the message and cancel the current
print job. Confirm the configuration of the printer on the printer driver.
358 Understanding Printer Messages
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section22.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
016-920 Press the
(Set) button and try again.
016-921
016-922
016-930 The device is not supported. Remove it from the front USB port.
016-931 The USB hub is not supported. Remove it from the front USB port.
024-910 Reload the specified paper on the standard 250-sheet tray.
024-911 Reload the specified paper on the optional 250-sheet feeder.
024-914 Reload the specified paper on the SSF.
024-946 Insert the standard 250-sheet tray.
024-947 Insert the optional 250-sheet feeder.
027-452 Change IP address to avoid duplication. Turn off the printer, and turn it on
again.
027-446
042-700 Wait for a while until the printer cools down.
071-100 Remove the standard 250-sheet tray and jammed paper. Open and close
the front cover.
071-920 Set side 2 of the sheet to the standard 250-sheet tray.
071-921 Press the
(Set) button.
072-100 Remove the optional 250-sheet feeder and jammed paper. Open and close
the front cover.
072-921 Press the
(Set) button.
072-920 Set side 2 of the sheet to the optional 250-sheet feeder.
072-101 Remove the standard 250-sheet tray or the optional 250-sheet feeder, and
remove the jammed paper. Open and close the front cover.
072-908 Remove the standard 250-sheet tray or the optional 250-sheet feeder, and
remove the jammed paper. Open and close the front cover.
075-101 Open the front cover and remove the jammed paper, and then open and
close the front cover.
075-102 Pull the jammed paper out of the SSF. Open and close the front cover.
072-921 Press the
(Set) button.
075-922 Remove the paper from the SSF.
075-923 Pull the paper out of the SSF. Reload the paper in the SSF.
077-300 Close the front cover.
Understanding Printer Messages 359
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section22.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
077-301 Close the toner access cover.
091-912 Remove the ribbon from the PHD unit. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
091-972 Open the front cover, and make sure that the PHD unit is fully installed.
092-310 Clean the CTD sensor.
092-910
093-919 Remove and shake the yellow cartridge. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
093-920 Remove and shake the magenta cartridge. Contact customer support if
this failure is repeated.
093-921 Remove and shake the cyan cartridge. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
093-922 Remove and shake the black cartridge. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
093-930 Open the toner access cover. Remove the used yellow cartridge, and
install a new cartridge.
093-931 Open the toner access cover. Remove the used magenta cartridge, and
install a new cartridge.
093-932 Open the toner access cover. Remove the used cyan cartridge, and install
a new cartridge.
093-933 Open the toner access cover. Remove the used black cartridge, and install
a new cartridge.
093-934 Open the toner access cover. Remove the used yellow cartridge, and
install a new cartridge.
093-935 Open the toner access cover. Remove the used magenta cartridge, and
install a new cartridge.
093-936 Open the toner access cover. Remove the used cyan cartridge, and install
a new cartridge.
093-937 Open the toner access cover. Remove the used black cartridge, and install
a new cartridge.
093-960 Open the toner access cover. Remove the unsupported yellow cartridge,
and install a supported cartridge.
093-961 Open the toner access cover. Remove the unsupported magenta cartridge,
and install a supported cartridge.
360 Understanding Printer Messages
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section22.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
093-962 Open the toner access cover. Remove the unsupported cyan cartridge, and
install a supported cartridge.
093-963 Open the toner access cover. Remove the unsupported black cartridge,
and install a supported cartridge.
093-965 Open the front cover. Remove the unsupported PHD unit, and install a
supported unit.
093-970 Open the toner access cover, and make sure that the yellow cartridge is
fully installed.
093-971 Open the toner access cover, and make sure that the magenta cartridge is
fully installed.
093-972 Open the toner access cover, and make sure that the cyan cartridge is fully
installed.
093-973 Open the toner access cover, and make sure that the black cartridge is
fully installed.
116-752 Press the
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
recover.
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD) 361
23
Printing With Web Services on
Devices (WSD)
This section provides information for network printing with WSD, the new
Microsoft® protocol for Microsoft Windows® Vista®, Windows Server® 2008,
Windows Server 2008 R2, and Windows 7.
Adding Roles of Printer Services
When you use Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 R2, you need to
add the roles of print services to the Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server
2008 R2 client.
For Windows Server 2008:
1
Click
Start
Administrative Tools
Server Manager
.
2
Select
Add Roles
from the Action menu.
3
Check the Print Services check box on the
Server Roles
window in the
Add
Roles Wizard
, and then click
Next
.
4
Check the
Print Server
check box, and then click
Next
.
5
Click
Install
.
For Windows Server 2008 R2:
1
Click
Start
Administrative Tools
Server Manager
.
2
Select
Add Roles
from the
Action
menu.
3
Check the
Print and Document Services
check box on the
Server Roles
window in the
Add Roles Wizard
, and then click
Next
.
4
Click
Next
.
5
Check the
Print Server
check box, and then click
Next
.
6
Click
Install
.
362 Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section23.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Printer Setup
You can install your new printer on the network using the Drivers and Utilities
CD that shipped with your printer, or using Microsoft Windows’
Add Printer
wizard.
Installing a Printer Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard
1
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
(
Start
Devices and Printers
for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7).
2
Click
Add a printer
to launch the
Add Printer
wizard.
3
Select
Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer
.
4
In the list of available printers, select the one you want to use, and then click
Next
.
NOTE: In the list of available printers, the WSD printer is displayed in the
form of
http://IP address/ws
/.
NOTE: If no WSD printer is displayed in the list, enter the printer's IP
address manually to create a WSD printer. To enter the printer's IP address
manually, follow the instructions below.
For Windows Server 2008 R2, to create a WSD printer, you must be a
member of Administrators group.
1. Click
The printer that I want isn't listed
.
2. Select
Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or hostname
and click
Next
.
3. Select
Web Services Device
from
Device type
.
4. Enter the printer's IP address in the
Hostname or IP address
text box and
click
Next
.
NOTE: Before installing the driver using the Add Printer wizard on
Windows Server 2008 R2 or Windows 7, perform one of the following:
• Establish the Internet connection so that Windows Update can scan
your computer.
• Add the printer driver to your computer.
5
If prompted, install the printer driver on your computer. If you are prompted
for an administrator password or confirmation, type the password or provide
confirmation.
6
Complete the additional steps in the wizard, and then click Finish.
7
Print a test page to verify print installation.
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD) 363
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section23.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
a
Click
Start
Control Panel
Hardware and Sound
Printers
(
Start
Devices and Printers
for Windows Server 2008 R2 and
Windows 7).
b
Right-click the printer you just created, and then click
Properties
(
Printer properties
for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7).
For PCL driver:
On the
Options
tab, set each setting item, and then click
Apply
.
For PS driver:
On the
Device Settings
tab, set each setting item, and then click
Apply
.
c
On the
General
tab, click
Print Test Page
. When a test page prints
successfully, installation is complete.
364 Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section23.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Specifications 365
24
Specifications
Operating System Compatibility
Your Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer is compatible with Microsoft®
Windows® XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2003, Windows
Server 2003 x64 Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit
Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit Edition, Windows Vista®, Windows
Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Mac OS X 10.3.9,
10.4.11, 10.5, 10.6, Red Hat® Enterprise Linux® 4 WS/5 Client (x86), and
SUSE® Linux Enterprise Desktop 10/11 (x86).
Power Supply
Dimensions
Height: 413 mm (16.26 inches) Width: 400 mm (15.75 inches) Depth: 406 mm
(15.98 inches)
Weight (not including cartridge and PHD unit): 15.0 kg (32.47 lb)
Memory
Rated Voltage 220 VAC - 240 VAC 110 VAC - 127 VAC
Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Current 5 A or less 9 A or less
Base memory 256 MB
Maximum memory 768 MB (256 MB + 512 MB)
Connector 144 pin EP2-2100 DDR2 SDRAM
32b-SO-DIMM
DIMM Size 512 MB
Speed EP2-2100
366 Specifications
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section24.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Page Description Language (PDL)/Emulation,
Operating System, and Interface
MIB Compatibility
Management Information Base (MIB) is a database containing information
about network devices (such as adapters, bridges, routers, or computers). This
information helps network administrators manage the network (analyze
performance, traffic, errors, and so on). Dell 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer
complies with standard industry MIB specifications, allowing the printer to be
recognized and managed by various printer and network management software
systems.
Environment
Operation
Print Quality Guarantee
PDL/Emulations PCL 6, PCL5e, HBPL, XPS (Host Based)
Operating
Systems
Microsoft Windows XP/XP x64/Server 2003/Server 2003
x64/Server 2008/Server 2008 x64/Server 2008 R2 x64/Vista/Vista
x64/7/7 XPS, Mac OS X (10.3.9/10.4.11/10.5/10.6), Red Hat
Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5 Client (x86), and SUSE Linux Enterprise
Desktop 10/11 (x86)
Interfaces Standard local: USB 2.0
Standard network: 10Base-T/100Base-TX/
1000Base-T Ethernet
Optional network: IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n
(Wireless)
Temperature 10
°
C
-
32
°
C
Relative humidity 10 % - 85 % RH (no condensation)
Temperature 15
°
C
-
28
°
C
Relative humidity 20 % - 70 % RH (no condensation)
Specifications 367
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section24.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Storage
Altitude
Cables
Your interconnection cable must meet the following requirements:
Temperature range -20
°
C to 40 °C (0 °F to 104 °F)
Storage humidity range 5 % - 85 % RH (no condensation)
Operating Up to 3,100 m (10,000 feet)
Storage 70.9275 Kpa
Connection type Connection specifications and symbols
1USB USB 2.0
2Ethernet 10Base-T/100Base-TX/
1000Base-T
3Wireless
adapter socket
IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n
368 Specifications
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section24.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
369
Maintaining Your Printer
370
Maintaining Your Printer 371
25
Maintaining Your Printer
You need to complete certain tasks to maintain optimum print quality.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
Determining the Status of Supplies
If your printer is connected to the network, the Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool can provide instant feedback on remaining toner levels. Type the
printer's IP address in your web browser to view this information. To use the E-
Mail Alert Setup feature that notifies you when the printer requires new
supplies, type the desired e-mail address in the e-mail list box.
On the operator panel, you can also confirm the following:
• Any supply or maintenance items that require attention replacing (However,
the printer can only display information about one item at a time).
• Amount of toner remaining in each toner cartridge.
Conserving Supplies
You can change several settings in your printer driver to conserve toner cartridge
and paper.
Supply Setting Function
Toner
cartridge
Toner Saving Mode in
the Advanced tab
This check box allows the users to select a print
mode that uses less toner. The image quality will
be lower when this feature is used.
372 Maintaining Your Printer
Ordering Supplies
You can order consumables from Dell on the Internet when using a networked
printer. Type the IP address of your printer in your web browser, launch the Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool, and click the Order Supplies at: to order
toner for your printer.
You can also order toner cartridges by the following method.
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Additional Color Laser
Software
Dell Supplies Management System
.
The
Dell Supplies Management System
window appears.
2
Select your printer from the
Select Printer Model
list.
3
If ordering from the web:
a
When you cannot get information from the printer automatically by two-
way communication, a window that prompts you to type the Service Tag
appears. Type your Dell printer Service Tag in the field provided.
Your Service Tag number is located inside the toner access cover of your
printer.
b
Select a URL from the
Select Reorder URL
list.
c
Click
Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site
.
4
If ordering by phone, call the number that appears under the
Order by
Phone
heading.
Storing Print Media
To avoid potential paper feeding problems and uneven print quality, there are
several things you can do.
Print
media
Multiple Up in the
Layout tab
The printer prints two or more pages on one side
of a sheet. Values for Multiple Up are 2 Up, 4
Up, 8 Up, 16 Up, or 32 Up. Combined with the
duplex setting, Multiple Up allows you to print
up to 64 pages on one sheet of paper. (32 images
on the front and 32 on the back)
Supply Setting Function
Maintaining Your Printer 373
• To achieve the best possible print quality, store print media in an environment
where the temperature is approximately 21 °C (70 °F) and the relative
humidity is 40 %.
• Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf, rather than directly on the
floor.
• If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton,
ensure that they rest on a flat surface so the edges do not buckle or curl.
• Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.
Storing Consumables
Store consumables in their original packaging until you need to use them. Do
not store consumables in:
• Temperatures greater than 40 °C (104 °F).
• An environment with extreme changes in humidity or temperature.
• Direct sunlight.
• Dusty places.
• A car for a long period of time.
• An environment where corrosive gases are present.
• A humid environment.
Replacing the Toner Cartridges
CAUTION: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow
the safety instructions in your Product Information Guide.
Dell toner cartridges are available only through Dell. You can order cartridges
online at http://www.dell.com/supplies or by phone. To order by phone, see
"Contacting Dell."
It is recommended to use Dell toner cartridges for your printer. Dell does not
provide warranty coverage for problems caused by using accessories, parts, or
components not supplied by Dell.
CAUTION: Never throw used toner cartridges into fire. The residual toner could
explode resulting in burns and injuries.
CAUTION: Do not shake the used toner cartridge. This may cause toner spills.
374 Maintaining Your Printer
Removing the Toner Cartridge
1
Open the toner access cover.
2
Push the latch(es) backwards to pop open the toner cartridge(s) that you want
to replace.
3
Pull the cartridge holder until it clicks, and then pull out the toner cartridge.
Maintaining Your Printer 375
CAUTION: Do not shake the toner cartridge as it may cause toner spills.
Installing a Toner Cartridge
1
Ensure that the color of the new toner cartridge matches that on the handle
before replacing it. Shake the new toner cartridge five or six times to
distribute the toner evenly.
2
Insert the toner cartridge into the associated cartridge holder, and then slide
the latch of the toner cartridge.
376 Maintaining Your Printer
3
Close the toner access cover.
Maintaining Your Printer 377
Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD) Unit
CAUTION: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow
the safety instructions in your Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: Protect the drums of the Print Head Device (PHD) against bright light.
If the front cover remains open for more than three minutes, print quality may
deteriorate.
NOTICE: Ensure nothing touches or scratches the surface (black-colored film) of
the belt unit. Scratches, dirt, or oil from your hands on the film of the belt unit may
reduce print quality.
Removing the PHD Unit
1
Ensure that the printer is turned off.
2
Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
3
Push the side button to open the front cover.
378 Maintaining Your Printer
4
Open the belt unit.
5
Turn the four PHD lock levers 90-degrees counterclockwise.
Maintaining Your Printer 379
6
Hold the gray tabs, and then pull the PHD unit out of the printer.
Installing a PHD Unit
1
Open the PHD packaging.
380 Maintaining Your Printer
2
Take out the PHD unit from the packaging.
3
Completely pull out the eight yellow ribbons from the PHD unit.
Maintaining Your Printer 381
4
Remove the rear protective cover from the PHD unit.
NOTE: Do not remove the front protective cover at this moment.
5
Insert the PHD unit until the line on the handle aligns with the white line on
the printer.
382 Maintaining Your Printer
6
Turn the four PHD lock levers 90-degrees clockwise to lock the PHD unit.
7
Remove the front protective cover from the PHD unit.
NOTICE: Ensure that you do not hit the belt unit when removing the front
protective cover.
Maintaining Your Printer 383
8
Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
9
Close the front cover.
384 Maintaining Your Printer
10
Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
Replacing the Retard Roller
Keeping the retard roller in the paper tray clean helps ensure the best possible
printing. It is recommended to clean the retard roller at regular intervals.
CAUTION: To prevent electric shock, always turn off the printer and disconnect
the power cable from the grounded outlet before performing maintenance.
CAUTION: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow
the safety instructions in your Product Information Guide.
Dell retard rollers are available only through Dell. To order by phone, see
"Contacting Dell."
Maintaining Your Printer 385
It is recommended to use Dell retard rollers for your printer. Dell does not
provide warranty coverage for problems caused by using accessories, parts, or
components not supplied by Dell.
Removing the Retard Roller in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray
1
Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
NOTE: Ensure that you remove all the paper from the standard 250-sheet
tray before removing the retard roller.
2
Holding the retard roller tabs with your fingers, pull the retard roller out of
the groove in the axle.
386 Maintaining Your Printer
Installing a Retard Roller in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray
1
Align the new retard roller with the groove on the axle.
2
Insert the retard roller into the axle until it snaps. The protrusions fit
completely into the slots and the roller hook reseats into the groove on the
axle.
Maintaining Your Printer 387
3
Load paper in the standard 250-sheet tray, and then insert the tray into the
printer and push until it stops.
Cleaning Inside the Printer
Cleaning the Feed Roller
Clean the feed roller inside the printer if print media does not feed correctly.
1
Ensure that the printer is turned off.
2
Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
388 Maintaining Your Printer
3
Push the side button to open the front cover.
4
Open the belt unit.
Maintaining Your Printer 389
5
Turn the four PHD lock levers 90-degrees counterclockwise.
6
Hold the gray tabs, and then pull out the PHD unit.
390 Maintaining Your Printer
NOTE: Keep the PHD unit in a dark place. If the front cover remains open
for more than three minutes, print quality may deteriorate.
7
Clean the feed roller inside the printer with a dry cloth.
Maintaining Your Printer 391
8
Insert the PHD unit until it stops, and then turn the four PHD lock levers 90-
degrees clockwise to lock the PHD unit.
9
Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
10
Close the front cover.
392 Maintaining Your Printer
11
Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
Cleaning the CTD Sensor
Clean the Color Toner Density (CTD) sensor only when an alert for the CTD
sensor is shown on the Status Monitor or operator panel.
1
Ensure that the printer is turned off.
2
Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
Maintaining Your Printer 393
3
Push the side button to open the front cover.
4
Open the belt unit.
394 Maintaining Your Printer
5
Clean the CTD sensor inside the printer with a clean dry cotton swab.
6
Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
Maintaining Your Printer 395
7
Close the front cover.
8
Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
396 Maintaining Your Printer
Adjusting Color Registration
To adjust the color registration when you first install the printer or after moving
it to a new location, follow the procedure below.
• Printing the Color Registration Chart
• Determining Values
• Entering Values
Printing the Color Registration Chart
When Using the Operator Panel
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press button until
Admin Menu
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press button until
Maintenance
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Press button until
Color Reg Adj
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
5
Press button until
ColorReg Chart
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The
Are you sure?
message appears on the operator panel.
6
Press the
(Set)
button.
NOTE: To cancel printing the color registration chart, press the
(Cancel) button.
The color registration chart is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box
.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
Maintaining Your Printer 397
The
Tool Box
opens.
2
Click the
Printer Maintenance
tab.
3
Select
Color
Registration Adjustment
from the list at the left side of the
page.
The
Color
Registration Adjustment
page is displayed.
4
Click the
Start
button next to
Print
Color Regi Chart
.
The color registration chart is printed.
Determining Values
On the color registration chart, there are two types of charts: Chart 1 (fast scan)
and Chart 2 (slow scan).
The Chart 1 is used to adjust the color registration for the fast scan direction,
which is vertical to paper feed direction. The Chart 2 is used to adjust the color
registration for the slow scan direction, which is horizontal to paper feed
direction.
The following sections explain how to determine the adjustment values for the
fast scan and the slow scan using Chart 1 and Chart 2.
Fast Scan
On the Chart 1 of the color registration chart, find the straightest lines where the
two black lines and the colored line are most closely aligned for each color (Y,
M, and C). If you find the straightest line, make a note of the value (-9 to +9)
indicated by the straightest line for each color.
When the value is 0 for each color, you do not need to adjust the color
registration for the fast scan.
When the value is not 0, enter the value using the procedure in "Entering
Va l u e s . "
398 Maintaining Your Printer
Slow Scan
On the Chart 2 of the color registration chart, find the medium line within the
range of white area for each color pattern (Y, M, and C). If you find the medium
line, make a note of the value (-9 – +9) indicated by the medium line for each
color.
When the value is 0 for each color, you do not need to adjust the color
registration for the slow scan.
When the value is not 0, enter the value using the procedure in "Entering
Values."
Maintaining Your Printer 399
Entering Values
When Using the Operator Panel
Using the operator panel, enter the values found in the color registration chart to
make adjustments.
1
Press the
(Menu)
button.
2
Press button until
Admin Menu
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
3
Press button until
Maintenance
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
4
Press button until
Color Reg Adj
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
5
Press button until
Enter Number
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
6
Ensure that the cursor is displayed at the value under
LY
and press or
button to specify the values.
400 Maintaining Your Printer
7
Press button to move the cursor to the next value.
8
Press the
(Set)
button.
The cursor is displayed at the value under
RY
.
9
Repeat steps 6 to 8 to enter the desired values, and then press the
(Set)
button.
NOTE: You can specify each value for process, left, and right colors (LY,
LM, LC, RY, RM, RC, PY, PM, and PC) by repeating the steps 6 to 8.
10
Press
and
until
ColorReg Chart
appears, and then press the
(Set)
button.
The
Are you sure?
message appears on the operator panel.
11
Press the
(Set)
button.
NOTE: To cancel printing the color registration chart, press the
(Cancel) button.
The color registration chart with the new values is printed.
If the straightest line is not at the value of 0, adjust the values again.
Checking the charts before and after the adjustments will help you to
determine the values to enter.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
Using the Tool Box, enter the values that you found in the color registration
chart to make adjustments.
1
Click
Start
All Programs
Dell Printers
Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box
.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The
Tool Box
opens.
2
Click the
Printer Maintenance
tab.
3
Select
Color
Registration Adjustment
from the list at the left side of the
page.
The
Color
Registration Adjustment
page is displayed.
Maintaining Your Printer 401
4
Select the value with the straight line, and then click the
Apply New Settings
button.
5
Click the
Start
button next to
Print
Color Regi Chart
.
The color registration chart is printed with the new values.
6
Adjust till all straight lines are at the value of 0. Show image of before and
after adjustment will help.
After printing the color registration chart, do not turn off the printer until the
printer motor has stopped running.
NOTE: If 0 is not next to the straightest lines, determine the values and adjust the
printer again.
402 Maintaining Your Printer
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Removing Options 403
26
Removing Options
If the printer location needs to change or the printer and print media handling
options need to be shipped to a new location, all print media handling options
must be removed from the printer. For shipping, pack the printer and print media
handling options securely to avoid damage.
Removing the Optional Memory Module
CAUTION: When you remove the optional memory module, be sure to turn off
the printer, unplug the power cable, and disconnect all cables from the back of the
printer before starting these tasks.
1
Ensure that the printer is turned off and unplug all the cables including the
power cable from the back of the printer.
2
Turn the screw on the control board cover counterclockwise.
3
Open the control board cover.
NOTE: Remove the control board cover by pulling it upward until the lower
hinge is out of the slit, and then pull the cover towards you and remove it.
404 Removing Options
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section26.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
4
Push the clips on both sides of the slot outward to raise the memory module
up.
5
Hold the memory module and pull it straight out.
Removing Options 405
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section26.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
6
Install the control board cover.
NOTE: Insert the upper hinge of the control board cover into the upper slit
on the printer. Next, insert the lower hinge of the control board cover into the
lower slit of the printer.
7
Close the control board cover and turn the screw clockwise.
406 Removing Options
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section26.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
8
Turn on the printer.
Removing the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder
CAUTION: When you remove the optional 250-sheet feeder, be sure to turn off
the printer, unplug the power cable, and disconnect all cables from the back of the
printer before starting these tasks.
1
Turn off the printer and unplug the power cable. Then, disconnect all cables
from the back of the printer.
2
Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
3
Remove the two screws joining the printer and the optional 250-sheet feeder
by unscrewing them with a coin or similar object.
Removing Options 407
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section26.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
NOTE: The screw hole is located in 216 mm recess from the front of the
printer.
4
Gently lift the printer off the tray module, and place it on a level surface.
CAUTION: Two people are required to lift the printer. The printer should be
lifted holding the front and back. Never lift the printer from its sides.
5
Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
408 Removing Options
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section26.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
NOTICE: Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray
or the inside of the printer.
6
Reconnect all cables including the power cable into the back of the printer
and turn on the printer.
Removing the Optional Wireless Adapter
CAUTION: When you remove the optional wireless adapter, be sure to turn off
the printer, unplug the power cable, and disconnect all cables from the back of the
printer before starting these tasks.
1
Ensure that the printer is turned off.
2
Turn the screw on the control board cover counterclockwise and open the
cover.
3
Remove the control board cover.
Removing Options 409
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section26.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
NOTE: Remove the control board cover by pulling it upward until the lower
hinge is out of the slit, and then pull the cover towards you and remove it.
4
Remove the wireless adapter from the printer by releasing the adapter's hook
while pushing the wireless adapter towards the front of the printer.
5
Install the control board cover.
NOTE: Insert the upper hinge of the control board cover into the upper slit
on the printer. Next, insert the lower hinge of the control board cover into the
lower slit of the printer.
410 Removing Options
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section26.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
6
Close the control board cover and turn the screw clockwise.
7
Turn on the printer.
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Clearing Jams 411
27
Clearing Jams
Careful selection of appropriate print media and proper loading allow you to
avoid paper jams. See
"
Print Media Guidelines
"
for more information.
NOTE: Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended to
try a sample first.
Avoiding Jams
• Use only recommended print media. See "
Print Media Guidelines
" for more
information.
• See "Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional
250-Sheet Feeder" and "Loading Print Media in the SSF" to load print media
properly.
• Do not overload the print media sources. Ensure that the print media stack
height does not exceed the maximum height indicated by the load-line labels
in the tray.
• Do not load wrinkled, creased, damp, or curled print media.
• Flex, fan, and straighten print media before you load it. If a jam occurs with
print media, try feeding one sheet at a time through the single sheet feeder.
• Do not use print media that you have cut or trimmed yourself.
• Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same print media
source.
• Ensure that the recommended print side is face up when you insert the print
media when using the standard 250-sheet tray and the optional 250-sheet
feeder. Also, the recommended print side should be face down when using
the single sheet feeder.
• Keep print media stored in an acceptable environment. For more information,
see
"
Storing Print Media.
"
• Do not remove the feeding tray during a print job.
• Push the tray in firmly after loading.
• Ensure that all cables that connect to the printer are correctly attached.
412 Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
• Overtightening the guides may cause jams.
• Wipe the retard rollers in the tray or single sheet feeder with a cloth that is
slightly dampened with water if jams caused by misfeeding paper occur
frequently.
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams
CAUTION: Do not attempt to clear any jams using tools or instruments. This
may permanently damage the printer.
The following illustration shows where paper jams may occur along the print
media path.
1 Duplexer (2150cdn only)
2Fuser
3 Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)
4 Optional 250-Sheet Feeder
5 Standard 250-Sheet Tray
6 Front Cover
Clearing Jams 413
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Clearing Paper Jams From the SSF
NOTICE: Protect the drums of the Print Head Device (PHD) against bright light.
If the front cover remains open for more than three minutes, print quality may
deteriorate.
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all
print media from the print media path.
1
Pull the jammed paper out of the single sheet feeder. If no jammed paper can
be found or you are unable to remove the paper, go to the next step to remove
the jammed paper from the inside of the printer.
2
Remove the standard 250-sheet tray from the printer, and then pull out the
jammed paper remaining inside the printer. If no jammed paper can be found
or you are unable to remove the paper, go to the next step to remove the
jammed paper from the inside of the printer.
414 Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
3
Push the side button to open the front cover.
4
Open the belt unit until it stops and remove the jammed paper. Confirm that
there are no scraps of paper remaining inside the printer.
Clearing Jams 415
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
5
Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
6
Close the front cover.
7
Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
416 Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
NOTICE: Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray
or the inside of the printer.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Standard 250-
Sheet Tray
NOTICE: Protect the drums of the Print Head Device (PHD) against bright light.
If the front cover remains open for more than three minutes, print quality may
deteriorate.
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all
print media from the print media path.
1
Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer carefully. Hold the tray
with both hands, lift the front slightly, and remove it from the printer.
Clearing Jams 417
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
2
Remove all the jammed and/or creased paper from the tray.
3
Pull the jammed paper out carefully to avoid tearing it. If you are still unable
to remove the paper, go to the next step to remove the jammed paper from the
inside of the printer.
4
Push the side button to open the front cover.
418 Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
5
Open the belt unit until it stops and remove the jammed paper. Confirm that
there are no scraps of paper remaining inside the printer.
6
Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
Clearing Jams 419
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
7
Close the front cover.
8
Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
420 Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
NOTICE: Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray
or the inside of the printer.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Fuser
NOTICE: Ensure nothing touches or scratches the surface (black-colored film) of
the belt unit. Scratches, dirt, or oil from your hands on the film of the belt unit may
reduce print quality.
NOTICE: Protect the drums of the Print Head Device (PHD) against bright light.
If the front cover remains open for more than three minutes, print quality may
deteriorate.
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all
print media from the print media path.
1
Turn off the printer and wait for 30 minutes.
2
Push the side button to open the front cover.
3
Open the belt unit.
Clearing Jams 421
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
4
Lift the levers at both ends of the fuser, and remove the jammed paper. If you
are still unable to remove the paper, go to the next step.
CAUTION: The fuser is hot. Do not touch it, doing so may cause burns.
5
Open the cover of the fuser and remove the jammed paper.
422 Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
6
Close the cover of the fuser and press down the levers at both ends of the
fuser.
7
Confirm that there are no scraps of paper remaining inside the printer, and
then close the belt unit.
Clearing Jams 423
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
8
Close the front cover.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Duplexer
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all
print media from the print media path.
1
Push the side button to open the front cover.
424 Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
2
Open the cover of the duplexer.
3
Remove the jammed paper from the duplexer.
4
Close the cover of the duplexer.
5
Close the front cover.
Clearing Jams 425
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 250-Sheet
Feeder
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all
print media from the print media path.
1
Pull the optional 250-sheet feeder out of the printer carefully. Hold the feeder
with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
NOTE: Paper in the optional 250-sheet feeder feeds to the printer from the
front of the standard 250-sheet tray, therefore paper jammed in the standard
250-sheet tray can block the optional 250-sheet feeder in the printer,
preventing you from opening it. Look for the jammed paper sequentially,
starting with the optional 250-sheet feeder.
2
Remove all jammed and/or creased paper from the feeder.
426 Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
3
Pull the jammed paper out carefully to avoid tearing it. If you are still unable
to remove the paper, go to the next step to remove the jammed paper from the
inside of the printer.
4
Push the side button to open the front cover.
5
Open the belt unit until it stops and remove the jammed paper. Confirm that
there are no scraps of paper remaining inside the printer.
Clearing Jams 427
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
6
Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
7
Close the front cover.
428 Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
NOTE: If the paper jam message is not cleared after closing the front cover,
pull out the standard 250-sheet tray and check if there is a jammed paper in
the opening of the tray.
8
Insert the optional 250-sheet feeder into the printer, and push until it stops.
NOTICE: Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray
or the inside of the printer.
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
429
Troubleshooting
430
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Troubleshooting Guide 431
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
28
Troubleshooting Guide
Basic Printer Problems
Some printer problems can be easily resolved. If a problem occurs with your
printer, check each of the following:
The power cable is plugged into the printer and a properly grounded electrical
outlet.
• The printer is turned on.
• The electrical outlet is not turned off at any switch or breaker.
• Other electrical equipment plugged into the outlet are working.
• Optional memory is properly installed.
If you have checked all of the above and still have a problem, turn off the
printer, wait for 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer. This often fixes the
problem.
Display Problems
Problem Action
After the printer is turned on,
the display on the operator
panel is blank, keeps showing
Please wait..., or the back
light is not lit.
• Turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and turn on
the printer.
• Self Test Message appears on the operator panel. When
the test is completed,
Ready to Print
is
displayed.
Menu settings changed from
the operator panel have no
effect.
Settings in the software program, the printer driver, or
the printer utilities are overriding the settings made on
the operator panel.
432 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Printing Problems
Problem Action
Job did not print or incorrect
characters printed.
Ensure that the top menu appears on the operator panel
before you send a job to print. Press the (Menu)
button to return to the top menu.
Ensure that the print media is loaded in the printer. Press
the (Menu) button to return to the top menu.
Verify that the printer is using the correct page
description language (PDL).
Verify that you are using the correct printer driver.
Ensure that the correct USB or Ethernet cable is securely
connected to the printer.
Verify that the correct print media size is selected.
If you are using a print spooler, verify that the spooler
has not stalled.
Check the printer's interface from the Admin Menu.
Determine the host interface you are using. Print a panel
settings page to verify that the current interface settings
are correct.
Troubleshooting Guide 433
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Print media misfeeds or
multiple feeds occur in the
standard 250-sheet tray or
single sheet feeder.
Ensure that the print media you are using meets the
specifications for your printer. See "Supported Paper
Types" for more information.
Fan the print media before loading it in the standard
250-sheet tray.
Ensure that the print media is loaded correctly.
Ensure that the width and length guides of the print
media sources are adjusted correctly.
Ensure that the standard 250-sheet tray is securely
inserted.
Do not overload the tray.
Do not force print media into the single sheet feeder
when you load it; otherwise, it may skew or buckle.
Ensure that the print media is not curled.
Face the recommended print side up or down
appropriately for the type of print media you are using.
See "Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet
Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" for more
information.
Turn the print media over or around and try printing
again to see if feeding improves.
Do not mix print media types.
Do not mix reams of print media.
Remove the top and bottom curled sheets of a ream
before loading the print media.
Load print media only when the tray is empty.
Wipe the retard rollers in the standard 250-sheet tray or
single sheet feeder with a cloth moistened with water.
The envelope is creased after
printed.
Make sure that the envelope is loaded in the standard
250-sheet tray or single sheet feeder as instructed in
"Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" or "Loading an Envelope in
the SSF."
Problem Action
434 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Print Quality Problems
NOTE: Some of the following procedures that use the Tool Box can also be
performed using the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For
information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Configuration Web Tool, see
"Understanding the Tool Box Menus" and "Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
• The output is too light
• Toner smears or print comes off
• Random spots/Blurred images
• The entire output is blank
• Streaks appear on the output
• Part or the entire output is black
• Pitched color dots
• Vertical blanks
• Ghosting
• Light-induced fatigue
•Fog
• Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)
• Jagged characters
•Banding
Page breaks in unexpected
places.
Increase the value for Time-Out on the operator panel,
the Tool Box, or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Print media does not stack
neatly in the output bin.
Turn the print media stack over in the tray.
Cannot perform manual
duplex printing.
Select Flip on Short Edge or Flip on Long Edge from
the Duplex menu on the Paper/Output tab in the
printer driver.
Cannot print from the
standard 250-sheet tray
because the print media in the
tray is curled.
Load the print media into the single sheet feeder.
Problem Action
Troubleshooting Guide 435
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
• Auger mark
• Wrinkled/Stained paper
• Damage on the leading edge of paper
The output is too light
Action Yes No
1 The toner cartridges may be low or need to be
replaced. Confirm the amount of toner left in
each toner cartridge.
a
Check the toner level in the
Status
tab in the
Status Monitor.
b
Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
2 If you are using non-Dell brand toner cartridges,
disable the Non-Dell Toner option.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Non-Dell
Tone r
on the
Printer Maintenance
tab.
b
Ensure that the
On
check box is not selected.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3.
3 Disable the Toner Saving Mode in the printer
driver.
a
On the
Advanced tab, ensure that the Toner
Saving Mode check box is not selected.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4.
436 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
4 The print media surface may be uneven. Try
changing the Paper Type setting in the printer
driver. For example, change the plain paper to
thick.
a
On the
Paper/Output
tab, change the
Paper
Type
setting.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 5.
5 Verify that the correct print media is being used.
See "Supported Paper Types." If not, use the print
media recommended for the printer.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 6.
6 Ensure that the eight yellow ribbons are correctly
removed from the Print Head Device (PHD) unit.
See "Removing the Print Head Device (PHD)
Ribbons" and "
Installing a PHD Unit." If not,
remove the ribbons.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 7.
7 Ensure that the developer motor functions
properly.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Machine
Check
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
b
Select
Main Motor Operation Check
from
the drop-down list box and click the
Start
button.
c
Click the
Play of Sound
button to check the
motor sound.
Does the motor function properly?
Go to action 8. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
Troubleshooting Guide 437
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
8 Ensure that the dispense motor for each toner
cartridge functions properly.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Machine
Check
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
b
Select
Dispense Motor Check (Yellow)
,
Dispense Motor Check (Magenta)
,
Dispense Motor Check (Cyan)
, or
Dispense
Motor Check (Black)
from the drop-down
list box, and click the
Start
button.
c
Click the
Play of Sound
button to check the
motor sound.
d
Repeat steps b and c to perform Dispense
Motor Check for the rest of the toner
cartridges.
NOTE: You can perform Dispense
Motor Check for CMYK in any order
you desire.
Does the dispense motor function properly?
Go to action 9. Contact Dell.
9 If printing many low density images, execute the
Toner Refresh Mode.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Refresh
Mode
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
b
Click the
Yellow
button under
Ton er
Refresh
Mode.
c
Repeat step b for
Magenta
,
Cyan
, and
Black
buttons.
CAUTION: Using the Refresh
Mode consumes extra toner.
d
After you complete the
Toner Ref res h
Mode
, select
Chart Print
from the list on the
Diagnosis
tab.
e
Click the
4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 10.
Action Yes No
438 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Toner smears or print comes off
10 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a
Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b
After you replace the PHD unit, click
Chart
Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
c
Click the
4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1 The print media surface may be uneven. Try
changing the Paper Type setting in the printer
driver. For example, change the plain paper to
thick.
a
On the
Paper/Output tab, change the Paper
Type setting.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
2 Verify that the correct print media is being used.
See "Supported Paper Types." If not, use the print
media recommended for the printer.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3.
Action Yes No
Troubleshooting Guide 439
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Random spots/Blurred images
3 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a
Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b
After you replace the PHD unit, test print
your document again.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1 Ensure that the toner cartridges are installed
correctly. See "
Installing a Toner Cartridge."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
2 Ensure that the PHD unit is installed correctly.
See "
Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD) Unit"
and "Installing a PHD Unit."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3.
Action Yes No
440 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
The entire output is blank
3 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a
Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b
After you replace the PHD unit, click
Chart
Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
c
Click the
Pitch Configuration Chart
button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1 The toner cartridges may be low or need to be
replaced. Confirm the amount of toner left in
each toner cartridge.
a
Check the toner level in the
Status
tab in the
Status Monitor.
b
Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
2 If you are using non-Dell brand toner cartridges,
disable the Non-Dell Toner option.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Non-Dell
Toner
on the
Printer Maintenance
tab.
b
Ensure that the
On
check box is not selected.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3.
Action Yes No
Troubleshooting Guide 441
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
3 Disable the Toner Saving Mode in the printer
driver.
a
On the
Advanced
tab, ensure that the
Ton er
Saving Mode
check box is not selected.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4.
4 The print media surface may be uneven. Try
changing the Paper Type setting in the printer
driver. For example, change the plain paper to
thick.
a
On the
Paper/Output
tab, change the
Paper
Type
setting.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 5.
5 Verify that the correct print media is being used.
See "Supported Paper Types." If not, use the print
media recommended for the printer.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 6.
6 Ensure that eight yellow ribbons are correctly
removed from the PHD unit. See "
Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit
" and
"Installing a
PHD Unit." If not, remove the ribbons.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 7.
7 Ensure that the developer motor functions
properly.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Machine
Check
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
b
Select
Main Motor Operation Check
from
the drop-down list box and click the
Start
button.
c
Click the
Play of Sound
button to check the
motor sound.
Does the motor function properly?
Go to action 8. Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
442 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Streaks appear on the output
8 Ensure that the dispense motor for each toner
cartridge functions properly.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Machine
Check
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
b
Select
Dispense Motor Check (Yellow)
,
Dispense Motor Check (Magenta)
,
Dispense Motor Check (Cyan)
, or
Dispense
Motor Check (Black)
from the drop-down
list box, and click the
Start
button.
c
Click the
Play of Sound
button to check the
motor sound.
d
Repeat steps b and c to perform Dispense
Motor Check for the rest of the toner
cartridges.
NOTE: You can perform Dispense
Motor Check for CMYK in any order
you desire.
Does the dispense motor function properly?
Go to action 9. Contact Dell.
9 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a
Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b
After you replace the PHD unit, click
Chart
Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
c
Click the
4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
Troubleshooting Guide 443
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Part or the entire output is black
Action Yes No
1 The toner cartridges may be low or need to be
replaced. Confirm the amount of toner left in each
toner cartridge.
a
Check the toner level in the
Status
tab in the
Status Monitor.
b
Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
2 If you are using non-Dell brand toner cartridges,
disable the Non-Dell Toner option.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Non-Dell
Tone r
on the
Printer Maintenance
tab.
b
Ensure that the
On
check box is not selected.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3.
3 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a
Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b
After you replace the PHD unit, click
Chart
Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
c
Click the
4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
444 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Pitched color dots
Action Yes No
1 Ensure Output Color is set to Color (Auto) in
the printer driver.
a
On the
Graphics
tab, ensure that the
Output
Color
is set to
Color (Auto)
.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
2 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a
Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b
After you replace the PHD unit, click
Chart
Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
c
Click the
4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Troubleshooting Guide 445
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Vertical blanks
Action Yes No
1 Locate the cause of the problem using the Pitch
Configuration Chart.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
b
Click the
Pitch Configuration Chart
button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
c
Compare the pitch of the color spots on your
output with that on the Pitch Configuration
Chart, and locate the cause of the problem.
Is the cause of the problem located?
Proceed to the
action
corresponding
to the location
of the problem:
• PHD unit - 2
•Fuser -
Contact Dell
and replace
the fuser.
• Main unit of
the printer -
Contact Dell.
Contact Dell.
2 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a
Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b
After you replace the PHD unit, click
Chart
Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
c
Click the
Pitch Configuration Chart
button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
446 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Ghosting
Action Yes No
1 Ensure the light path is not covered.
a
Remove the PHD unit, and keep it in the dark
place. See "Replacing the Print Head Device
(PHD) Unit."
b
Check the light path, and then remove the
shielding.
c
Re-install the PHD unit. See "Installing a
PHD Unit."
d
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
e
Click the
Pitch Configuration Chart
button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
2 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a
Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b
After you replace the PHD unit, click
Chart
Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
c
Click the
Pitch Configuration Chart
button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Troubleshooting Guide 447
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Action Yes No
1 Locate the cause of the problem using the Ghost
Configuration Chart.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
b
Click the
Ghost Configuration Chart
button.
The Ghost Configuration Chart is printed.
Is the type of the problem identified?
Proceed to the
action
corresponding
to the type of
ghosting.
Positive ghost -
2a
Negative ghost
- 2b
Contact Dell.
2a Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a
Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b
After you replace the PHD unit, click
Chart
Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
c
Click the
Ghost Configuration Chart
button.
The Ghost Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
2b If you are using non-recommended print media,
use the print media recommended for the printer.
Does this solve your problem?
Go to action 3. Go to action 2a.
3 Adjust the transfer bias.
a
On the operator panel,
press the (Menu)
button and
select
Admin Menu
MaintenanceAdjust BTR
.
b
Adjust the setting for the type of print media
being used.
c
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
d
Click the
Ghost Configuration Chart
button.
The Ghost Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
448 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Light-induced fatigue
Action Yes No
1 Check the light fatigue pattern using the Pitch
Configuration Chart.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
b
Click the
Pitch Configuration Chart
button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does the pattern on the output match with that on
the Pitch Configuration Chart?
Go to action 2. Contact Dell.
2 Execute the PHD Refresh Mode.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Refresh
Mode
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
b
After you start the
Drum Refresh Mode
,
click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
c
Click the
4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3.
3 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
See "
Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD) Unit
"
and "
Installing a PHD Unit
."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Troubleshooting Guide 449
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Fog
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)
Action Yes No
1 Execute the PHD Refresh Mode.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Refresh
Mode
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
b
After you start the
Drum Refresh Mode
,
click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
c
Click the
4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
2 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a
Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b
After you replace the PHD unit, click
Chart
Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
c
Click the
4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
450 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Jagged characters
Action Yes No
1 If the printer is installed in a high altitude
location, set the altitude of the location.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Adjust
Altitude
on the
Printer Maintenance
tab.
b
Select the value close to the altitude of the
location where the printer is installed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
2 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
See "
Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD) Unit
"
and "
Installing a PHD Unit
."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Troubleshooting Guide 451
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Banding
Action Yes No
1Set Screen to Fineness in the printer driver.
a
On the
Advanced
tab, set
Screen
under
Items:
to
Fineness
.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
2Set Print Mode to High Quality in the printer
driver.
a
On the
Graphics
tab, select
High Quality
from
Print Mode
.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3.
3 Enable Bitmap Smoothing in the printer driver.
a
On the
Advanced
tab, set
Bitmap
Smoothing
under
Items:
to
On
.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4.
4 Enable Bitmap Text Smoothing in the printer
driver.
a
On the
Advanced
tab, set
Bitmap Text
Smoothing
under
Items
: to
On
.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 5.
5 If using a downloaded font, ensure that the font is
recommended for the printer, operating system,
and the application being used.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
452 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Auger mark
Action Yes No
1 Locate the cause of the problem using the Pitch
Configuration Chart.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
b
Click the
Pitch Configuration Chart
button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Is the cause of the problem located?
Proceed to the
action
corresponding
to the location
of the problem:
• PHD unit - 2
•Fuser -
Contact Dell
and replace
the fuser.
• Main unit of
the printer -
Contact Dell
Contact Dell.
2 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a
Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b
After you replace the PHD unit, click
Chart
Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
c
Click the
Pitch Configuration Chart
button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Troubleshooting Guide 453
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Wrinkled/Stained paper
Action Yes No
1 Locate the cause of the problem using the Pitch
Configuration Chart.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
b
Click the
Pitch Configuration Chart
button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does the output match with the pattern for auger
mark?
Go to action 2. Contact Dell.
2Execute the Clean Developer.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Clean
Developer
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
b
Click the
Start
button.
c
After you execute the
Clean Developer
, click
Chart Print
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
d
Click the
Pitch Configuration Chart
button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3.
3 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
See "
Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD)
Unit
" and "
Installing a PHD Unit
."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
454 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Action Yes No
1 Verify that the correct print media is being used.
See "Supported Paper Types." If not, use the print
media recommended for the printer.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
If printing on an
envelope, go to
action 2a.
If printing on
print media
other than
envelopes, go
to action 2b.
2a
Check the wrinkle. Is the wrinkle within 30 mm of
the four edges of the envelope?
This type of
wrinkle is
considered
normal. Your
printer is not at
fault.
If the envelope
is 220 mm or
longer (C5 or
Envelope #10),
go to action 3a.
If the envelope
is shorter than
220 mm
(Monarch or
DL), go to
action 3a or 3b.
2b Execute the Paper Wrinkle Check Mode.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Paper
Wrinkle Check Mode
on the
Diagnosis
tab.
b
Click the
Start
button.
Is the paper wrinkled?
Contact Dell. Contact Dell to
replace fuser.
3a Load the envelopes in the standard 250-sheet tray
in the short edge feed orientation with the flap
closed and print side up. For details, see
"Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet
Tray and Optional 250-Sheet Feeder."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
3b Load the envelopes in the standard 250-sheet tray
in the long edge feed orientation with the flap
open and print side up. For details, see "Monarch
or DL."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Troubleshooting Guide 455
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Damage on the leading edge of paper
Jam/Alignment Problems
NOTE: Some of the following procedures that use the Tool Box can also be
performed using the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For
information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Configuration Web Tool, see
"Understanding the Tool Box Menus" and "Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
• The top and side margins are incorrect
• Color registration is out of alignment
• Images are skewed
• Standard 250-Sheet Tray Misfeed Jam
• SSF Misfeed Jam
• Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Misfeed Jam
Action Yes No
1 When you use the SSF, reverse the paper and
then try again.
When you use any of the trays, change the paper
and then try again.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
(SSF)
Go to action 2.
(trays)
Contact Dell.
2 Change the paper with another one and then try
again.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3.
3 Use any of other tray in place of the SSF.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
456 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
• Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM)
• Exit Jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM)
• Standard 250-Sheet Tray/Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Multi-feed Jam
• SSF Multi-feed Jam
The top and side margins are incorrect
Color registration is out of alignment
Action Yes No
1 Ensure that the margins are set correctly on the
application being used.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Troubleshooting Guide 457
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Action Yes No
1 Execute auto color registration adjustment.
a
On the operator panel, press the (
Menu
)
button and select
Admin Menu

Maintenance

Color Reg
Adjustment

Auto Correct
.
OR
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Color
Registration Adjustment
on the
Printer
Maintenance
tab.
b
Click the
Start
button under
Auto Correct
.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
2 Do you have a spare PHD unit? Go to action 3a. Go to action 3b.
3a Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a
Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit
"
and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Color
Registration Adjustment
on the
Printer
Maintenance
tab.
c
C
lick the Start button under
Print Color
Regi Chart
.
The Color Regi Configuration Chart is
printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
458 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Images are skewed
Standard 250-Sheet Tray Misfeed Jam
3b Print the Color Regi Configuration Chart and
manually correct the color registration.
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click
Color
Registration Adjustment
on the
Printer
Maintenance
tab.
b
C
lick the
Start
button under
Print Color
Regi Chart
.
The Color Regi Configuration Chart is
printed.
c
Identify the offset values from the chart and
enter them in
Color Registration
Adjustment (Process)
and
Color
Registration Adjustment (Left)
. See
"Adjusting Color Registration" for details.
d
Click the
Apply New Settings
button.
eClick the
Start
button under
Print Color
Regi Chart
to print the Color Regi
Configuration Chart again.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1 Adjust the paper guides properly.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
Troubleshooting Guide 459
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Action Yes No
1 Ensure that the standard 250-sheet tray is
properly inserted.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Proceed to the
action
corresponding
to the type of
the print media
being used:
• Thick - 2a
• Thin - 2b
• Coated - 2c
• Envelope -
2d
If performing
manual duplex
printing, go to
action 2e.
If using paper
other than the
above or if not
performing
manual duplex
printing, go to
action 2f.
2a Use thick paper that is 216 g/m2 or less.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
2b Use thin paper that is 60 g/m2 or more.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
2c Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3b.
2d Ensure that the envelope is properly loaded in the
Standard 250-sheet tray as instructed in "Loading
Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3c.
460 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
SSF Misfeed Jam
2e Ensure that the print media is not curled.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
2f Is the print media damp? Go to action 3d. Go to action 3a.
3a Fan the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3b.
3b Wipe the retard roller in the standard 250-sheet
tray with a cloth moistened with water.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4b.
3c If the envelope is deformed, correct it or use
another envelope.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
3d Turn over the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
4a Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
4b Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
Troubleshooting Guide 461
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Action Yes No
1 Ensure that the SSF is properly inserted.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Proceed to the
action
corresponding
to the type of
the print media
being used:
• Thick - 2a
• Thin - 2b
• Coated - 2c
• Envelope -
2d
If performing
manual duplex
printing, go to
action 2e.
If using paper
other than the
above or if not
performing
manual duplex
printing, go to
action 2f.
2a Use thick paper that is 216 g/m2 or less.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
2b Use thin paper that is 60 g/m2 or more.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
2c Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3b.
2d Ensure that the envelope is properly loaded in the
SSF as instructed in "Loading an Envelope in the
SSF."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3c.
2e Ensure that the print media is not curled.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
462 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Misfeed Jam
2f Is the print media damp? Go to action 3d. Go to action 3a.
3a Fan the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3b.
3b Wipe the retard roller in the SSF tray with a cloth
moistened with water.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4b.
3c If the envelope is deformed, correct it or use
another envelope.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
3d Turn over the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
4a Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
4b Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1 Ensure that the optional 250-sheet feeder is
properly inserted.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
2 Ensure the right hand cover is closed.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Proceed to the
action
corresponding
to the type of
the print media
being used:
Thick - 3a
Thin - 3b
Manual Dup -
3c
Others - 3d
Action Yes No
Troubleshooting Guide 463
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM)
Exit Jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM)
3a Use thick paper that is 105 g/m2 or less.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
3b Use thin paper that is 60 g/m2 or more.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
3c Ensure that the print media is not curled.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
3d Is the print media damp? Go to action 4c. Go to action 5.
4a Fan the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4b.
4b Wipe the retard roller in the optional 250-sheet
feeder with a cloth moistened with water.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
4c Turn over the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
5 Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
Action Yes No
1 Ensure that the PHD unit is installed correctly.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
2 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
See "
Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD)
Unit
."
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
1 Ensure the fuser is installed correctly.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action Yes No
464 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Standard 250-Sheet Tray/Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Multi-feed Jam
SSF Multi-feed Jam
Action Yes No
1 Ensure that the tray is properly inserted.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
If using coated
paper, go to
action 2.
If using other
type of print
media, go to
action 3.
2 Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4.
3 Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4.
4 Fan the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 5.
5 Wipe the retard roller in the tray where the multi-
feed occurred with a cloth moistened with water.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
1 Ensure the media type you are using.
If using coated paper, go to action 2.
If using other type of print media, go to action 3.
--
2 Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4.
3 Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4.
4 Fan the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 5.
5 Wipe the retard roller in the tray where the multi-
feed occurred with a cloth moistened with water.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Troubleshooting Guide 465
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Noise
Action Yes No
1 To specify the cause of the noise, perform the
Auto Registration Adjustment.
Does this solve your problem?
Go to action 2. Go to action 3.
2 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
3 Replace the toner cartridge (K). See "Replacing
the Toner Cartridges."
The task is
complete. (The
toner cartridge
(K) you are
using has been
damaged.
Replace it with
a new one.)
Go to action 4.
4 Replace the toner cartridge (Y). See "Replacing
the Toner Cartridges."
The task is
complete. (The
toner cartridge
(Y) you are
using has been
damaged.
Replace it with
a new one.)
Go to action 5.
5 Replace the toner cartridge (M). See "Replacing
the Toner Cartridges."
The task is
complete. (The
toner cartridge
(M) you are
using has been
damaged.
Replace it with
a new one.)
Go to action 6.
466 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
6 Replace the toner cartridge (C). See "Replacing
the Toner Cartridges."
The task is
complete. (The
toner cartridge
(C) you are
using has been
damaged.
Replace it with
a new one.)
Contact Dell.
Troubleshooting Guide 467
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Problems With Installed Optional Accessories
If an option does not operate correctly following installation or stops working:
• Turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer. If this
does not fix the problem, unplug the printer, and check the connection
between the option and the printer.
• Print the printer settings report to see if the option is listed in the Installed
Options list. If the option is not listed, re-install it. See "Printing Printer
Settings Report."
• Ensure the option is selected in the printer driver you are using.
The following table lists printer's option and corrective action for related
problem. If the suggested corrective action does not correct the problem, call
customer service.
Other Problems
Problem Action
250-sheet feeder
• Ensure the 250-sheet feeder is correctly installed on the
printer. Re-install the feeder. See "Removing the
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" and "Installing the
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder."
• Ensure the print media is loaded correctly. See
"Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray
and the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" for more
information.
Memory module
• Ensure the memory module is securely connected to
the memory connector.
Wireless printer adapter
• Ensure the wireless printer adapter is securely inserted
to the correct slot.
Problem Action
Condensation has occurred
inside the printer.
This usually occurs within several hours after you heat
the room in winter. This also occurs when the printer is
operating in a location where relative humidity reaches
85% or more. Adjust the humidity or relocate the printer
to an appropriate environment.
468 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
"CTD Sensor Error
Error 009-340
Code:xx Restart
Printer", "Check CTD
Unit 092-910 Clean
CTD Sensor", or "Check
CTD Unit 092-310" is
displayed.
Clean the CTD sensor. See "Cleaning the CTD Sensor."
"Authentication
error has occurred.
The account is not
registered. Please
contact the system
administrator. 016-
757" is displayed on the
Status Monitor.
Contact your system administrator.
"Function
unavailable. It is a
function that cannot
be used. Please
contact the system
administrator. 016-
758" is displayed on the
Status Monitor.
Contact your system administrator.
"Printable page
limit reached.
Printable page limit
reached, cannot
print. Please
contact the system
administrator. 016-
759" is displayed on the
Status Monitor.
Contact your system administrator.
Problem Action
Troubleshooting Guide 469
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
"Multifunction
printer error. Check
the PHD unit and the
Toner Cartridge.
Contact customer
support if this
failure is repeated.
093-919" is displayed on
the Status Monitor.
Replace the toner cartridge of the color displayed on the
operator panel.
Replace the PHD unit.
Contact Customer Support.
"Multifunction
printer error. Check
the PHD unit and the
Toner Cartridge.
Contact customer
support if this
failure is repeated.
093-920" is displayed on
the Status Monitor.
Replace the toner cartridge of the color displayed on the
operator panel.
Replace the PHD unit.
Contact Customer Support.
"Multifunction
printer error. Check
the PHD unit and the
Toner Cartridge.
Contact customer
support if this
failure is repeated.
093-921" is displayed on
the Status Monitor.
Replace the toner cartridge of the color displayed on the
operator panel.
Replace the PHD unit.
Contact Customer Support.
"Multifunction
printer error. Check
the PHD unit and the
Toner Cartridge.
Contact customer
support if this
failure is repeated.
093-922" is displayed on
the Status Monitor.
Replace the toner cartridge of the color displayed on the
operator panel.
Replace the PHD unit.
Contact Customer Support.
Problem Action
470 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Contacting Service
When you call for printer service, be prepared to describe the problem you are
experiencing or the error message that appears.
You need to know the model type and service tag of your printer. See the label
located inside the side door of your printer.
"An internal
temperature of the
printer became a
high temperature.
042-700" is displayed on
the Status Monitor.
Please wait for a while until falling in temperature.
Problem Action
Troubleshooting Guide 471
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
472 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Troubleshooting Guide 473
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
474 Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
475
Appendix
476
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\sectionAP.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Appendix 477
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\sectionAP.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
Appendix
Dell™ Technical Support Policy
Technician-assisted technical support requires the cooperation and participation
of the customer in the troubleshooting process and provides for restoration of
the operating system, software program and hardware drivers to the original
default configuration as shipped from Dell, as well as the verification of
appropriate functionality of the printer and all Dell-installed hardware. In
addition to this technician assisted technical support, online technical support is
available at Dell Support. Additional technical support options may be available
for purchase.
Dell provides limited technical support for the printer and any Dell-installed
software and peripherals. Support for third-party software and peripherals is
provided by the original manufacturer, including those purchased and/or
installed through Software & Peripherals (DellWare), ReadyWare, and Custom
Factory Integration (CFI/DellPlus).
Online Services
You can learn about Dell products and services on the following websites:
www.dell.com
www.dell.com/ap
(Asian/Pacific countries only)
www.dell.com/jp
(Japan only)
www.euro.dell.com
(Europe only)
www.dell.com/la
(Latin American and Caribbean countries)
www.dell.ca
(Canada only)
You can access Dell Support through the following websites and e-mail
addresses:
• Dell Support websites
support.dell.com
support.jp.dell.com
(Japan only)
support.euro.dell.com
(Europe only)
478 Appendix
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\sectionAP.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
• Dell Support e-mail addresses
mobile_support@us.dell.com
support@us.dell.com
la-techsupport@dell.com (Latin America and Caribbean countries only)
apsupport@dell.com
(Asian/Pacific countries only)
• Dell Marketing and Sales e-mail addresses
apmarketing@dell.com
(Asian/Pacific countries only)
sales_canada@dell.com (Canada only)
• Anonymous file transfer protocol (FTP)
ftp.dell.com
Log in as user:
anonymous
, and use your e-mail address as your password.
Warranty and Return Policy
Dell Computer Corporation ("Dell") manufactures its hardware products from
parts and components that are new or equivalent to new in accordance with
industry-standard practices. For information about the Dell warranty for your
printer, see support.dell.com.
Recycling Information
It is recommended that customers dispose of their used computer hardware,
monitors, printers, and other peripherals in an environmentally sound manner.
Potential methods include reuse of parts or whole products and recycling of
products, components, and/or materials.
For specific information on Dell’s worldwide recycling programs, see
www.dell.com/recyclingworldwide.
Contacting Dell
You can access Dell Support at support.dell.com. Select your region on the
WELCOME TO DELL SUPPORT page, and fill in the requested details to
access help tools and information.
You can contact Dell electronically using the following addresses:
Appendix 479
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\sectionAP.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
•World Wide Web
www.dell.com
www.dell.com/ap
(Asian/Pacific countries only)
www.dell.com/jp
(Japan only)
www.euro.dell.com
(Europe only)
www.dell.com/la
(Latin American and Caribbean countries)
www.dell.ca
(Canada only)
• Anonymous file transfer protocol (FTP)
ftp.dell.com
Log in as user: anonymous, and use your email address as your password.
• Electronic Support Service
mobile_support@us.dell.com
support@us.dell.com
la-techsupport@dell.com (Latin America and Caribbean countries only)
apsupport@dell.com (Asian/Pacific countries only)
support.jp.dell.com (Japan only)
support.euro.dell.com (Europe only)
• Electronic Quote Service
apmarketing@dell.com (Asian/Pacific countries only)
sales_canada@dell.com (Canada only)
480 Appendix
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\sectionAP.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10 - FOR PROOF ONLY
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index 481
Index
Symbols
(Cancel) button, 234
(Set) button, 234
Numerics
1000BASE-T Full-Duplex, 184
100BASE-TX Full-Duplex, 184
100BASE-TX Half-Duplex, 184
10BASE-T Full-Duplex, 184
10BASE-T Half-Duplex, 184
4 Colors Configuration
Chart, 278
802.1x, 202
A
A4, 218
A5, 218
About printer, 29
Ad-Hoc, 197
Adjust Altitude, 163, 174, 263,
272
Adjust BTR, 162, 171, 311
Adjust Fuser, 163, 171, 312
Adjusting color registration, 396
Adjusting the Language, 255
Admin Menu, 284
Administrator Account, 196
Alert Tone, 159, 166, 261, 266,
304
Alignment Chart, 278
All Tones, 159, 166, 304
Altitude, 367
Appendix, 477
Apply New Settings, 152
Asset Tag Number, 142, 156
Assigning IP address, 83
Audio Tone, 266
Authenticate Error Trap, 195
Auto Clear Alert, 267
Auto Clear Alert Tone, 159, 166,
261
Auto Correct, 172, 314
Auto Log Print, 159, 167, 261,
267, 305
Auto Reg Adjust, 313
Auto Registration
Adjustment, 163, 172, 262,
271
Auto Reset, 158, 166, 260, 265
AutoClear Alert, 304
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
482 Index
AutoIP, 298
Avoiding jam, 239, 411
B
B5, 218
Banner Sheet, 268
Banner Sheet Insert
Position, 159, 167, 262
Banner Sheet Specify Tray, 160,
167, 262
Base memory, 365
Basic Information, 183
Basic printer problem, 431
Belt unit, 30
Bitmapped font, 349
Bonjour (mDNS), 184, 299
BOOTP, 298
C
C5, 218
Cable, 367
Canceling a print job, 240
Canceling print job
From your computer, 241
Carbonless copy paper, 211
CCP, 211
Change printer settings, 252
Changing the settings of menu
item, 152
Clean Developer, 173, 281
Clearing jam, 411
From duplexer, 423
From fuser, 420
From optional 250-sheet
feeder, 425
From SSF, 413
From standard 250-sheet tray, 416
Clock Settings, 163
Coated, 162-163, 171-172, 312-
313
Coated Thick, 162-163, 171-172,
312-313
Color Mode, 280
Color Mode Limitation, 206
Color Reg Adjust, 313
Color Regi Chart, 173
Color Registration
Adjustments, 172-173
Color registration chart, 396
Color Test Page, 165, 264, 284
ColorReg Chart, 314
ColorTrack Error Report, 262,
268
Community Name, 193-194
Completed Jobs, 143, 157
Confidential jobs, 323
configuring wireless adapter, 56
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index 483
Connecting local printer, 80
Connecting printer, 79
Connecting to the Network, 81
Connection specification, 79,
367
Connection type, 79, 367
Conserving supplies, 371
Contact Dell Support at, 145,
151
Contact Person, 149
Contacting service, 470
Control board, 30
Control board cover, 30
Control Panel, 266, 303
Control Panel Tone, 158, 166,
260
Copy Printer Settings, 144, 150,
204
Copy Printer Settings
Report, 204
Cover, 155
Covers, 162-163, 171-172, 312-
313
Covers Thick, 162-163, 171-172,
312-313
Cumulative Color Page
Count, 206
Cumulative Monochrome Page
Count, 207
Custom Size - X, 161, 168
Custom Size - Y, 161, 168
D
Date & Time, 262, 269
Date Format, 163, 262, 270
Deep Sleep, 265
Default Color, 161, 168, 292
Default Paper Size, 159, 167
Default Print Paper Size, 262,
268
Dell ColorTrack, 164, 205
Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool, 250
Page display format, 148
Dell Service Tag Number, 156
Dell Supplies Management
System, 329
Dell support website, 25
Dell technical support
policy, 477
Details, 156
Determining Values, 397
DHCP, 298
Dimensions, 365
DIMM Size, 365
Direct connection setup, 95
Disabling Panel Lock, 327
Dispense Motor Check
(Black), 279
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
484 Index
Dispense Motor Check
(Cyan), 279
Dispense Motor Check
(Magenta), 279
Dispense Motor Check
(Yellow), 279
Display of EWS, 277
Display problem, 431
DL, 218
DNS, 178, 186
Draft Mode, 161, 168, 292
Driver, 23
Drivers and utilities CD, 23
Drum Refresh, 173
Drum Refresh Configuration
Chart, 278
Drum Refresh Mode, 281
Duplexer, 29, 412
E
Edit Print User Registration, 205
E-Mail Alert, 144, 151, 184, 190,
299
E-Mail Alert Settings, 182, 192
E-Mail Alert Setup, 141
E-mail Alert Setup Page, 181
E-Mail Server Settings, 182, 191
Emulations, 366
Encryption, 197-198
End Time, 161
Enter Number, 314
Entering Values, 399
Envelope, 162-163, 171-172,
215, 312
Envelope #10, 218
Environment, 366
environment settings of your
web browser, 145
Error History, 165, 264, 284
error messages, 355
Error-Code, 355
Ethernet, 174, 176, 184, 367
Ethernet port, 30, 79, 82
Event Panel, 149
EWS, 299
EWS Settings, 183
Executive, 218
Express Service Service
Code, 156
F
fast scan, 397
Fault Time-Out, 158, 166, 261,
267
Fault Tone, 159, 166, 261, 266,
304
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index 485
Feed Roll Operation Check, 279
Finding Information, 23
Firmware Version, 156
Flip on Long Edge, 244
Flip on Short Edge, 245
Folio, 218
Font, 161, 168, 347
PCL 5/PCL 6, 351
Pitch, 348
Point size, 348
Style, 347
Typefaces and fonts, 347
Weight, 3 4 7
Font Pitch, 161, 168, 290
Font Size, 161, 168, 289
Form Line, 161, 168, 290
Front cover, 30
Fuser, 412
Fuser Motor Operation
Check, 279
G
Gateway Address, 186, 264, 277,
298
Get Environment Sensor
Info, 281
Ghost Configuration Chart, 278
H
Hex Dump, 161, 168, 291
Host I/F, 157
Host Name, 157, 192
How to install option, 41
How to remove option, 403
How to replace retard roller, 384
How to set up, 25
How to use printer, 24
HTTP, 179, 188
HTTP-SSL/TLS, 299
HTTP-SSL/TLS
Communication, 200
I
ID, 157
Identifying print media, 218
Identifying print paper, 218
Image Enhancement, 161, 168
Impression Number, 157
Infrastructure, 197
Init Print Meter, 315
Initialize NIC NVM and restart
printer, 199
Initialize Print Meter, 273
Installing optional 250-sheet
feeder, 46
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
486 Index
Installing retard roller in
tray, 386
Installing the optional
accessories, 41
Installing toner cartridge, 38
Installing wireless printer
adapter, 51
Interfaces, 366
Invalid Key, 266, 303
Invalid Key Tone, 158, 166, 260
IP Address, 83, 142-143, 149,
177, 186, 195, 202-203, 264,
276, 298
IP Address Mode, 264, 276
IP Filter, 181, 203
IP filter setup, 188
IPP, 184, 299
IPsec, 201, 298
IPv4, 195, 202, 298
IPv6, 178, 186, 195, 202
J
Job Completed, 266, 304
Job Completed Tone, 159, 166,
261
Job History, 165, 264, 284
Job List, 143, 157
Job Name, 157
Job Status, 157
Job Submitted Time, 157
Job Time-Out, 158, 166, 261,
267
L
Label, 162-163, 171-172, 216,
262, 270, 312-313
Landscape, 287
LCD panel, 233
Left frame, 150
Legal, 218
Letter, 218
Letterhead Duplex Mode, 160,
167, 262, 268
Line Termination, 161, 168, 292
Link Channel, 197
Link Quality, 197
LLTD, 184, 299
Loading an envelope in the
SSF, 229
Loading letterhead, 226
Loading paper, 89
Loading print media, 221
SSF, 228
standard 250-sheet tray and
optional 250-sheet
feeder, 221
Location, 149, 156
Login Error, 169
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index 487
Login Error -Attempts, 161
Low Toner Alert, 267, 304
Low Toner Alert Msg, 160, 167,
262, 269
Low Toner Alert Tone, 159, 166,
261
LPD, 178, 184, 187, 299
M
MAC Address, 197
Machine Check, 279
Machine Ready, 266, 303
Machine Ready Tone, 159, 166,
260
Main Motor Operation
Check, 279
Maintenance, 371
Manual Registration
Adjustments, 271
Maximum memory, 365
Memory, 365
Memory Capacity, 156
Memory connector, 365
Memory module, 403
Memory slot, 30
Memory speed, 365
Menu item, 152
Menu Settings, 158
MIB compatibility, 366
mm/inch, 159, 167, 262, 268
Monarch, 218
MQ Chart, 278
Multiple Up, 372
N
NCR, 211
Network, 81
Network connection setup, 98
Network Firmware Version, 156
Network Type, 197
No carbon required, 211
No. of Sheets, 157
Non-Dell Toner, 163, 263, 273,
316
O
OCR, 211
Online Help, 145, 151
Operation, 366
Operator panel, 29, 233
Operator Panel Buttons, 233
Optical character
recognition, 211
Optional 250-sheet feeder, 29,
412
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
488 Index
Order Supplies at, 145, 151
Ordering supplies, 32, 372
Orientation, 161, 168, 286
OS, 366
OS compatibility, 365
Other problems, 467
Out of Paper, 266, 304
Out of Paper Alert Tone, 261
Out of Paper Tone, 159, 166
Output Result, 157
Output Tray, 155
Owner, 157
P
Page display format, 148
Page orientation, 214, 227
Panel, 298
Panel Language, 160, 167, 261,
269, 322
Panel Lock Set, 161, 317
Panel Settings, 165, 264, 283
Panel settings page, 165, 234
Paper, 209
Characteristics, 209
Curl, 209
Fiber content, 210
Grain direction, 210
Moisture content, 210
Smoothness, 210
Weight, 2 0 9
Paper Density, 162, 170, 262, 311
Paper jam location, 412
Paper Size, 161, 168, 280, 285
Paper Tray, 161, 168, 285
Paper Type, 219, 280
Paper Used, 205
Parts name, 29
Password, 188, 196, 199, 203
PCL, 285
Font, 2 8 8
PCL 5/PCL 6, 351
PCL Fonts List, 165, 264, 283
PCL Macro List, 165, 264, 283
PCL printer driver, 95, 98
PCL Settings, 161, 167
PDL, 366
Peer-to-Peer, 115
Pitch Configuration Chart, 278
Plain, 162-163, 171, 262, 270,
312-313
Plain Thick, 162-163, 171, 312-
313
Play of Sound, 279
Point and Print, 113
Port Settings, 183
Port Status, 184
Port9100, 178, 184, 187, 299
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index 489
Portrait, 287
Power connector, 30
Power Saver Time, 301
Power Saver Time - Deep
Sleep, 158
Power Saver Time - Sleep, 158
Power Saver Timer, 265
Power Saver Timer Deep
Sleep, 260
Power Saver Timer Sleep, 260
Power supply, 365
Power switch, 30
Premier, 164
Print cartridge level, 155
Print Drivers / Remote Client
Account, 196
Print ID, 159, 167, 261, 267, 305
Print media, 209, 372
Source, 214, 227
Print Meter, 165, 264
Print quality guarantee, 366
Print Server Reports, 175
Print Server Settings, 144, 150,
175, 183, 277
Print Server Setup Page, 176
Print side, 214, 227
Print Text, 159, 167, 261, 267,
306
Print User Settings, 206
Print Volume, 144, 150, 204
Printer Bitmap, 149
Printer Driver, 127, 129
Printer Events, 156
Printer Information, 144, 150,
156
Printer Jobs, 143, 150, 156
Printer Maintenance, 170
Printer Page Count, 205
Printer paper, 209
Printer Revision Levels, 156
Printer Serial Number, 156
Printer Settings, 143, 150, 158,
165, 264
Printer Settings Report, 158
Printer settings report, 44, 48, 54
Printer settings utility, 331
Printer software, 329
Printer specification, 365
Printer Status, 143, 150, 154-155
Printer Status Window, 329
Printer Type, 155
Printing, 239
Printing on letterhead, 213
Printing problem, 432
Printing Speed, 156
Problems with Optional
Accessories, 467
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
490 Index
Processor Speed, 156
Product Information Guide, 24
Proof Print, 325
Q
Quantity, 161, 168, 291
Quick Launch Utility, 331
Quick Reference Guide, 24
R
RAM Disk, 160, 167, 262, 268,
306
RARP, 298
Ready / Error LED, 233
Rear side, 280
Recommended paper, 210
Recurrence, 161
Recycled, 163, 172, 312
Red Hat, 127
Red Hat Enterprise Linux, 127,
365
Refresh, 152
REGI CLUTCH Operation
Check, 279
Regular, 164
Relative humidity, 366
Removing a optional memory
module, 403
Removing optional 250-sheet
feeder, 406
Removing options, 403
Removing paper jam, 411
From duplexer, 423
From fuser, 420
From optional 250-sheet
feeder, 425
From single sheet feeder, 413
From tray, 416
Removing retard roller in
tray, 385
Removing toner cartridge, 374
Removing wireless adapter, 408
Replacing the retard roller, 384
Reports, 165
Reset Print Server, 198
Resetting Defaults, 254
Resident font, 351
Resident scalable fonts, 351
Restore Settings, 152
Return policy, 478
Right frame, 151
RSA BSAFE, 20
S
Safety information, 24
Scalable font, 349
Secure Job Expiration, 170
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index 491
Secure Print, 322
Secure Settings, 161, 168
Security, 199
Security Settings, 197
Select Reorder URL, 164
Selecting letterhead, 212
Selecting paper, 211
Selecting preprinted form, 212
Selecting pre-punched
paper, 212
Sending print job, 240
Service code, 25
Service tag, 25
Set Available Time, 161, 169
Set Date, 163, 262, 270
Set Password, 144, 151, 199
Set Time, 163, 262, 270
Setting, 371
Shared printing, 111
Side button, 29
Single Sheet Feeder (SSF), 29,
412
Sleep, 265
slow scan, 397-398
SMB, 184
SMB NetBEUI, 299
SMB TCP/IP, 299
SNMP, 180, 184
SNMP UDP, 299
Software update, 330
SSID, 197
SSL/TLS, 200
Standard 250-sheet tray, 29, 412
Start Time, 161
Status Monitor Console, 329
Status Monitor Console for
Linux, 338
Status Monitor Widget for
Macintosh, 332
Status of printer supplies, 371
Status Window, 331
Storage, 367
Storage humidity range, 367
Stored Documents, 165, 264,
284
Storing consumables, 373
Storing print media, 217, 239,
372
Straightest lines, 397
Subnet Mask, 264, 276, 298
Substitute Tray, 160, 167, 262,
268, 307
Supported print paper, 218
SUSE, 365
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop
10, 130
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
492 Index
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop
11, 134
Symbol Set, 161, 168, 289, 352
For PCL 5/PCL 6, 352
System Setting, 260
System Settings, 158, 165, 183
T
TCP/IP, 185
TCP/IP Settings, 177, 185
Telnet, 184, 299
Temperature, 366
Time Format, 163, 262, 270
Time Zone, 163, 262, 270
Time-Out, 187-188, 302
Toner access cover, 29
Toner cartridge, 38
Toner Refresh, 173
Toner Refresh Mode, 281
Tool Box, 331
Top frame, 148
Trap Notification, 195
Tray 1 Custom Size - X, 164, 263,
275
Tray 1 Custom Size - Y, 164, 263,
275
Tray 1 Display Popup, 164, 263,
275
Tray 1 Paper Size, 164, 263, 274
Tray 1 Paper Type, 164, 263, 274
Tray 2 Display Popup, 164, 263,
275
Tray 2 Paper Size, 164, 263, 275
Tray 2 Paper Type, 164, 263, 275
Tray rear cover, 30
Tray Settings, 144, 150, 164, 207,
263, 318
Troubleshooting, 332, 431
Typeface, 347
U
Unacceptable paper, 211
UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT
RESTRICTED RIGHTS, 20
Update, 332
Upper Limit for Color Print, 206
Upper Limit for Monochrome
Print, 207
USB, 367
USB port, 30, 79, 81
USB printing, 95
USB Settings, 160
User setup disk creating
tool, 330
Using Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool, 143
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpc-
admin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index 493
V
Verifying IP settings, 86
W
Warranty, 478
Warranty information, 24
Web Link Customization, 164,
175
Web Services on Devices, 361
WEP, 197-198
Width guide, 90, 223
WINS, 178, 187
Wired Network
Ethernet, 293
IP Filter, 300
Protocol, 298
Reset LAN, 300
TCP/IP, 297
Wireless Adapter, 51
Wireless adapter socket, 30
Wireless Settings, 176, 197
WPA-PSK, 198
WSD, 184, 299, 361
X
XPS printer driver, 95, 99

Navigation menu